WO2026020311A1 - 电池单体、电池装置及用电装置 - Google Patents

电池单体、电池装置及用电装置

Info

Publication number
WO2026020311A1
WO2026020311A1 PCT/CN2024/106992 CN2024106992W WO2026020311A1 WO 2026020311 A1 WO2026020311 A1 WO 2026020311A1 CN 2024106992 W CN2024106992 W CN 2024106992W WO 2026020311 A1 WO2026020311 A1 WO 2026020311A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
conductive
active material
battery cell
thickness
insulating
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/CN2024/106992
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
吴志阳
章羽
薛庆瑞
张劲松
赵正元
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Contemporary Amperex Technology Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Contemporary Amperex Technology Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Contemporary Amperex Technology Co Ltd filed Critical Contemporary Amperex Technology Co Ltd
Priority to PCT/CN2024/106992 priority Critical patent/WO2026020311A1/zh
Publication of WO2026020311A1 publication Critical patent/WO2026020311A1/zh
Pending legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
    • H01M4/00—Electrodes
    • H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
    • H01M4/64—Carriers or collectors
    • H01M4/66—Selection of materials
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
    • Y02E60/00—Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
    • Y02E60/10—Energy storage using batteries

Definitions

  • This application belongs to the field of battery fast charging technology, and in particular relates to a battery cell, a battery device, and an electrical device.
  • Battery cells are widely used in electronic devices such as mobile phones, laptops, electric vehicles, electric cars, electric airplanes, electric ships, electric toy cars, electric toy ships, electric toy airplanes, and power tools, etc.
  • a battery device includes one or more battery cells to meet different capacity requirements; however, in the technology of battery cells, how to improve the fast charging performance of battery cells is an important research direction.
  • the purpose of this application is to provide a battery cell, a battery device, and an electrical device that can improve the fast charging performance of the battery cell.
  • a battery cell including a housing and an electrode assembly, the housing having an electrode lead-out portion; at least a portion of the electrode assembly is disposed within the housing; the electrode assembly includes a first electrode plate, the first electrode plate including a current collector and an active material layer, the current collector including an insulating substrate and a metal layer, the insulating substrate, the metal layer and the active material layer being stacked along the thickness direction of the current collector, at least a portion of the metal layer being located between the insulating substrate and the active material layer; wherein, the metal layer includes a conductive main portion and a conductive portion extending from the conductive main portion along a first direction perpendicular to the thickness direction of the current collector, at least a portion of the conductive main portion being covered by the active material layer, at least a portion of the conductive portion not being covered by the active material layer, the conductive portion being connected to the electrode lead-out portion; along the thickness direction of the current collector, the thickness of the current collector, the thickness of the
  • the electrode leads are used to input or output electrical energy, realizing the charging and discharging of the battery cell;
  • the thickness of the conductive part connected to the electrode leads is greater than the thickness of the conductive body, which increases the current-carrying area of the conductive part, improves the current-carrying capacity of the conductive part, reduces the heat generation of the battery cell, and is conducive to improving the charging and discharging efficiency of the battery cell and improving the fast-charging performance of the battery cell;
  • the current collector adopts a composite structure of insulating substrate and metal layer.
  • the battery cell of this embodiment can better balance fast-charging performance and reliability.
  • the surface of the conductive portion away from the insulating substrate is further away from the insulating substrate than the surface of the conductive body portion away from the insulating substrate.
  • the surface of the conductive part facing away from the insulating substrate protrudes relative to the conductive body portion facing away from the insulating substrate.
  • the side space of the conductive part facing away from the insulating substrate can be utilized, which can reduce the risk of the insulating substrate being thinned at the conductive part to accommodate the conductive part, improve the structural strength of the insulating substrate at the conductive part, improve the structural strength of the current collector, and improve the reliability of the battery cell.
  • the conductive portion includes a first conductive portion and a second conductive portion arranged along a first direction, the first conductive portion being connected between the second conductive portion and the conductive body portion, the first conductive portion being covered with an active material layer, the second conductive portion not being covered with an active material layer, and the second conductive portion being connected to an electrode lead-out portion.
  • the active material layer covers the first conductive part, which is beneficial to improving the electron transport capability between the active material layer and the first conductive part, reducing the resistance between the active material layer and the first conductive part, and improving the fast charging performance of the battery cell.
  • the conductive body part and the first conductive part are also covered with an active material layer, which is beneficial to improving the electron transport capability of the first electrode at the junction of the first conductive part and the conductive body part, reducing the resistance of the first electrode, and improving the fast charging performance of the battery cell.
  • the active material layer includes a first active material portion and a second active material portion arranged along a first direction, the first active material portion and the second active material portion being connected, the thickness of the first active material portion being less than the thickness of the second active material portion, at least a portion of the first active material portion covering the first conductive portion, and at least a portion of the second active material portion covering the conductive body portion.
  • the setting of the first active material portion can reduce the roller pressure on the edge of the active material layer, reduce the risk of edge cracking of the active material layer.
  • the first active material portion at least partially covers the first conductive portion, which is beneficial to reduce the overall thickness of the first electrode at the first active material portion, and also beneficial to reduce the edge pressure of the active material layer, further reducing the risk of edge cracking of the active material layer.
  • the surface of the first active material portion facing away from the insulating substrate is closer to the insulating substrate than the surface of the second active material portion facing away from the insulating substrate.
  • the roller pressure on the first active material portion can be reduced, which is beneficial for the cracking of the active material layer. risk.
  • the second active material portion covers a portion of the first conductive portion, and the first active material portion covers the other portions of the first conductive portion.
  • the second active material portion covers the first conductive portion.
  • the first conductive portion is covered with more active material, and the electron transport capability between the first conductive portion and the active material layer is better. This is beneficial to reduce the resistance between the active material layer and the first conductive portion and improve the fast charging capability of the battery cell.
  • the size of the portion of the first conductive part covered by the second active material part is W1
  • the size of the portion of the first conductive part covered by the first active material part is W2 , where W1 ⁇ W2 .
  • a larger portion of the first conductive part is covered by the second active material part, and a smaller portion of the first conductive part is covered by the first active material part. This results in a greater amount of active material covering the first conductive part, better electron transport capability between the first conductive part and the active material layer, which helps to reduce the resistance between the active material layer and the first conductive part and improve the fast charging capability of the battery cell.
  • the thickness of the conductive body portion is t1
  • the maximum thickness of the first conductive portion is t2
  • the thickness of the second active material portion is t3 , wherein 0.002 ⁇ ( t2 - t1 ) /t3 ⁇ 0.08 ; optionally, 0.003 ⁇ ( t2 - t1 ) /t3 ⁇ 0.06 .
  • the ratio of the thickness difference between the first conductive part and the conductive main body part to the thickness of the second active material part is within a reasonable range, which improves the flatness of the surface of the active material layer facing away from the insulating substrate and is beneficial to improving the manufacturability of the first electrode sheet.
  • the thickness of the second active material portion is within a suitable range, and the volume of the active material layer is reasonably set, which is beneficial to improving the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell. It can also reduce the risk of ion extraction difficulties in the region of the active material layer near the conductive layer, thereby improving the performance of the battery cell.
  • the size of the first conductive portion is W3
  • the size of the conductive portion is W4 , wherein W3 / W4 ⁇ 0.4.
  • the ratio of the size of the first conductive part to the size of the conductive part is set reasonably along the first direction, which facilitates the connection between the second conductive part and the electrode lead-out part.
  • the first conductive part and the active material layer have good electron transport capability, which helps to reduce the resistance of the first electrode and improve the fast charging performance of the battery cell.
  • the size of the first conductive portion is W3
  • the size of the conductive portion is W4 , wherein 2mm ⁇ W4 - W3 ⁇ 10mm , and optionally, 3mm ⁇ W4 - W3 ⁇ 6mm .
  • the size of the second conductive part is within a reasonable range along the first direction, which facilitates the connection between the second conductive part and the electrode lead-out part, and can also reduce the space occupied by the second conductive part being too large along the first direction, which is beneficial to improving the energy density of the battery cell.
  • the size of the first conductive portion is W3
  • the size of the conductive body portion is W5 , wherein W3 /( W3 + W5 ) ⁇ 0.45.
  • the size of the first conductive portion along the first direction is W3 , wherein 10mm ⁇ W3 ⁇ 100mm.
  • the protrusion includes a first protruding sub-part and a second protruding sub-part, the first protruding sub-part being connected between the second protruding sub-part and the first conductive part; along the second direction, the size of the first protruding sub-part is larger than the size of the second protruding sub-part.
  • the first protruding sub-part is large, the current-passing area of the first protruding sub-part is large, and the current-passing capacity is strong, which is conducive to reducing heat generation and improving the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell.
  • multiple protrusions are spaced apart along the second direction, which is beneficial to divide the conductive body into multiple regions along the second direction, and each region can correspond to one protrusion. Electrons in each region can be transmitted to the electrode lead-out portion through the corresponding protrusion, so that the electrons in the conductive body are transmitted in regions, and the electron transmission path in each region to the corresponding protrusion is short, which is beneficial to reduce the transmission distance of electrons, reduce the overall resistance of the first electrode, and improve the fast-start performance and reliability of the battery cell.
  • the second conductive portion further includes a transition portion connected between the protrusion and the first conductive portion, wherein the size of the transition portion is greater than the sum of the sizes of all the protrusions along the second direction.
  • the thickness of the transition portion is greater than the thickness of the conductive body portion, and the size of the transition portion along the second direction is large.
  • the transition portion has strong current carrying capacity, which is beneficial to reduce heat generation and improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell.
  • the size of the conductive body portion is L1
  • the size of the transition portion is L2
  • the design of 0.8 ⁇ L 2 /L 1 ⁇ 1 makes the size of the transition part close to the size of the conductive body part along the second direction.
  • the size of the transition part is large, and the current carrying capacity of the transition part is good, which is conducive to reducing heat generation and improving the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell.
  • the first electrode further includes a conductive member, which includes a first connecting portion and a second connecting portion arranged along a first direction.
  • the first connecting portion is connected to the second connecting portion, the first connecting portion is connected to the surface of the second conductive portion facing away from the insulating substrate, the second connecting portion is located on the side of the second conductive portion facing away from the first conductive portion, and the second connecting portion is connected to the electrode lead-out portion.
  • the second connecting part protrudes outside the second conductive part, which facilitates the connection between the second connecting part and the electrode lead-out part, and makes the processing and manufacturing more convenient.
  • the first connecting portion is spaced apart from the active material layer along the first direction.
  • the first connecting part does not come into contact with the active material layer, which can reduce the mutual influence between the two and improve the reliability of the battery cell.
  • the first connecting portion is welded to the surface of the second conductive portion facing away from the insulating substrate to form a first solder mark.
  • the first connecting part is welded to the second conductive part, and the conductive component is connected to the second conductive part by welding, which facilitates the fabrication of the first electrode sheet.
  • the second conductive part has a small thickness and a large surface area facing away from the insulating substrate, which helps to increase the welding area between the first connecting part and the second conductive part, increase the current-carrying area between the first connecting part and the second conductive part, improve the current-carrying capacity of the first electrode sheet, and improve the fast-charging performance and reliability of the battery cell.
  • the first connecting part and the protrusion are connected by welding, which is simple and convenient for the fabrication of the first electrode sheet; in addition, the first connecting part and the protrusion can directly pass through the first solder joint, which is beneficial to improving the current passing capacity between the first connecting part and the protrusion.
  • the welding position can be flexibly set to meet different needs.
  • the first connecting portion includes multiple first connecting sub-parts, which are spaced apart along a second direction; there are multiple second connecting portions, and each first connecting sub-part is connected to each second connecting portion in a one-to-one correspondence; each first connecting sub-part is welded to the surface of each protrusion facing away from the insulating substrate in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the second conductive portion includes a transition portion and at least one protrusion, the transition portion being connected to the first conductive portion and the protrusion.
  • the size of the transition portion is greater than the sum of the sizes of all the protrusions; the second direction is perpendicular to the thickness direction of the current collector and the first direction, and the first solder mark also includes a second solder mark portion, wherein the first connecting portion is welded to the surface of the transition portion facing away from the insulating substrate and forms the second solder mark portion.
  • the first connecting part and the transition part are connected by welding, which is simple and facilitates the production of the first electrode sheet.
  • the transition part has a large size along the second direction and good current carrying capacity.
  • the first connecting part and the first conductive part can directly use the transition part for current carrying, which can reduce the current carrying pressure between the protrusion and the current carrying part, or even eliminate the need for current carrying through the protrusion, thereby reducing the risk of heat generation and improving the fast charging performance of the battery cell.
  • the size of the transition portion is L2
  • the size of the second solder mark portion is L3
  • the design of 0.8 ⁇ L3 / L2 ⁇ 1 makes the size of the second solder mark larger along the second direction, which is beneficial to increase the welding area between the first connection part and the transition part, increase the current carrying capacity at the connection between the first connection part and the transition part, increase the current carrying capacity of the first electrode, and improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell.
  • the first connecting portion includes a second connecting sub-portion and multiple first connecting sub-portions, which are spaced apart along the second direction, and each first connecting sub-portion covers each protrusion in a corresponding manner;
  • the second connecting sub-parts are continuously arranged along the second direction, which can connect multiple first connecting sub-parts into a whole.
  • the second connecting sub-parts can provide good support for the first connecting sub-parts, reduce the risk of short circuit when the first connecting sub-parts are bent and inserted between the first and second electrodes, and improve the reliability of the battery cell.
  • the second connecting sub-parts are larger in size along the second direction, which helps to increase the welding area between the second connecting sub-parts and the transition part, improve the current carrying capacity at the connection between the first connecting part and the transition part, improve the current carrying capacity of the first electrode, and improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell.
  • the electrode assembly further includes an insulating element, which includes a first insulating portion covering the surface of the second conductive portion facing away from the insulating substrate, with the entire first insulating portion located between the first solder mark and the active material layer.
  • the first insulating part can insulate and separate the surface of the second conductive part facing away from the insulating substrate from other components, which is beneficial to improving the reliability of the battery cell, reducing the risk of poor soldering caused by welding the first connecting part to the first insulating part, improving the connection reliability between the first connecting part and the second conductive part, and also improving the overcurrent capacity.
  • the first insulating portion is located between the first connecting portion and the active material layer.
  • the first insulating part can support the portion of the second conductive part located between the first connecting part and the active material layer, which can reduce damage such as cracks and breaks that occur in this part during the battery device manufacturing process, and is conducive to improving the electron transmission capability of this part, improving the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell; in addition, the first insulating part can also achieve insulation of this part, reducing the short circuit risk of the battery cell and improving the reliability of the battery cell.
  • the insulating member further includes a second insulating portion, at least partially covering the first solder mark.
  • the surface of the first solder mark will generate components such as sharp protrusions and metal debris.
  • the second insulating part covers the surface of the first solder mark, which can prevent the sharp protrusions and metal debris from contacting the second electrode, thereby reducing the short circuit risk of the battery cell and improving the reliability of the battery cell.
  • one side of the second insulating portion covers the first solder mark, and the other side of the second insulating portion covers at least a portion of the first insulating portion.
  • the second insulating part and the first insulating part together cover the second conductive part, which can achieve double-layer insulation, which helps to reduce the short-circuit risk of battery cells and improve the reliability of battery cells.
  • the electrode assembly further includes an insulating element, the insulating element including a second insulating portion, at least partially covering the first solder mark.
  • the surface of the first solder mark will generate components such as sharp protrusions and metal debris.
  • the second insulating part covers the surface of the first solder mark, which can prevent the sharp protrusions and metal debris from contacting the second electrode, thereby reducing the short circuit risk of the battery cell and improving the reliability of the battery cell.
  • one side of the second insulating portion covers the first solder mark, and the other side of the second insulating portion covers at least a portion of the active material layer.
  • the second insulating part extends from the first solder mark to the active material layer, and the coverage area of the second insulating part is wide and the insulation effect is good.
  • the number of active material layers is two, and the two active material layers cover the two metal layers respectively;
  • the number of conductive components is two, and the first connecting parts of the two conductive components are respectively welded to the second conductive parts of the two metal layers to form two first solder marks;
  • the number of insulating components is two, and the second insulating parts of the two insulating components respectively cover at least a portion of the two first solder marks.
  • the first connecting portions of the two conductive components are respectively welded to the metal layers located on opposite sides of the insulating substrate, and the second connecting portions of the two conductive components are located on the side of the second conductive portion facing away from the first conductive portion.
  • the two conductive portions can be directly connected by the second connecting portions of the two conductive components, thereby breaking the insulation limitation of the insulating substrate, effectively improving the conductivity of the first electrode, improving the fast charging performance of the battery cell, reducing heat generation, and improving the reliability of the battery cell.
  • the second insulating portion includes a first portion and a second portion connected together.
  • the first portion covers the first solder mark and is oriented in a direction from the conductive body portion toward the conductive portion.
  • the second portion protrudes from the side of the second conductive portion and is located on the side of the second connecting portion along a second direction, wherein the second direction is perpendicular to the first direction and the thickness direction of the current collector.
  • the metal debris and other components on the side of the second conductive part away from the active material layer can be located between the second parts of the two insulating parts. This reduces the risk of metal debris falling into the electrode assembly and helps to reduce the risk of short circuit.
  • the second portions of the two insulating elements are bonded together.
  • the second insulating portion covers the second solder mark and protrudes from the edge of the second solder mark opposite to the conductive body in the direction from the conductive body.
  • the electrode assembly includes a second electrode with a polarity opposite to that of the first electrode.
  • the second electrode includes a main functional portion and a tab portion.
  • the tab portion protrudes from the main functional portion along a first direction.
  • the main functional portion protrudes from the end face of the insulating member facing the active material layer, and the main functional portion does not protrude from the end face of the insulating member away from the active material layer.
  • the electrode assembly includes a second electrode with a polarity opposite to that of the first electrode.
  • the second electrode includes a main functional portion and an electrode tab.
  • the electrode tab protrudes from the main functional portion along a first direction. Along the direction from the conductive main portion to the conductive portion, the main functional portion protrudes from the end face of the conductive portion facing away from the conductive main portion.
  • the dimension of the portion of the insulating element covering the active material layer is H, wherein 0.2 mm ⁇ H ⁇ 1.0 mm, and optionally, 0.3 mm ⁇ H ⁇ 0.8 mm.
  • the size of the portion of the insulating component covering the active material layer along the first direction is reasonable, which can simultaneously take into account the burrs at the end of the active material layer near the conductive part and the energy density of the battery cell.
  • the distance between the first solder mark and the active material layer is W, wherein 0.5mm ⁇ S1 ⁇ 5mm , and optionally, 0.5mm ⁇ S1 ⁇ 2.8mm .
  • the first solder mark will not be soldered to the active material layer, reducing problems such as poor soldering, which is conducive to improving the connection reliability between the first connection part and the metal layer.
  • the distance between the active material layer and the first solder mark is small, and the active material layer can be closer to the first solder mark. Therefore, when the size of the metal layer in the first direction is fixed, the active material layer can cover a larger area, which is conducive to improving the energy density of the battery cell.
  • the distance between the first solder mark and the end face of the first connection portion facing the active material layer is S2 , wherein 0.3mm ⁇ S2 ⁇ 1.2mm .
  • the reliability and energy density of the battery cell can be well balanced.
  • the size of the conductive portion is W4
  • the size of the conductive body portion is W5 , wherein 0.01 ⁇ W4 / W5 ⁇ 0.8 ; optionally, 0.05 ⁇ W4 / W5 ⁇ 0.6 .
  • the ratio of the size of the conductive part to the size of the conductive body part is set reasonably along the first direction, which can improve the overcurrent capacity at the conductive part, improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell.
  • the size of the conductive part is not too large along the first direction, which is conducive to reducing the space occupied and weight of the conductive part, and is conducive to improving the energy density of the battery cell.
  • the thickness of the conductive body is t1
  • the maximum thickness of the conductive part is t4 , wherein 0.2 ⁇ m ⁇ t4 - t1 ⁇ 4.5 ⁇ m , and optionally, 0.3 ⁇ m ⁇ t4 - t1 ⁇ 1.75 ⁇ m .
  • the difference between the maximum thickness of the conductive part and the thickness of the conductive body is within a reasonable range, which can improve the overcurrent capacity at the conductive part, improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell.
  • the thickness of the conductive part is not too large, which helps to reduce the space and weight occupied by the conductive part and improve the energy density of the battery cell.
  • the thickness of the conductive body is t1
  • the maximum thickness of the conductive part is t4 , wherein 1 ⁇ t1 / t4 ⁇ 4 , and optionally, 1.5 ⁇ t1 / t4 ⁇ 2.5.
  • the ratio of the maximum thickness of the conductive part to the thickness of the conductive body is within a reasonable range, which can improve the overcurrent capacity at the conductive part, improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell.
  • the thickness of the conductive part is not too large, which helps to reduce the space and weight occupied by the conductive part and improve the energy density of the battery cell.
  • the thickness of the conductive part is reasonably designed, which can improve the overcurrent capacity at the conductive part, improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell.
  • the thickness of the conductive part is not too large, which helps to reduce the space occupied and weight of the conductive part, and helps to improve the energy density of the battery cell.
  • the conductive portion includes a first main body segment and a first transition segment, the first transition segment being connected between the first main body segment and the conductive main body, the thickness of the first transition segment being greater than the thickness of the conductive main body; the thickness of the first main body segment being greater than the thickness of the first transition segment; and at least a portion of the first transition segment being covered with an active material layer.
  • the setting of the first transition section can reduce stress concentration in the metal layer, reduce the risk of cracks during the metal layer forming process, improve the overcurrent capacity of the conductive part, improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell, and facilitate processing and manufacturing.
  • the thickness of the first transition section is progressively increased along the direction from the conductive body portion to the conductive portion.
  • stress concentration in the metal layer can be reduced more effectively, the risk of cracks during the metal layer forming process can be reduced more effectively, the overcurrent capacity of the conductive part can be improved, the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell can be improved, and the processing and manufacturing can be facilitated.
  • the size of the first transition section along the first direction is W6 , wherein 4mm ⁇ W6 ⁇ 50mm , and optionally, 5mm ⁇ W6 ⁇ 34mm .
  • the protrusion distance of the conductive protective layer from the end face of the active material layer toward the protrusion portion in the direction from the conductive body portion to the conductive portion ranges from 0.3 mm to 0.8 mm.
  • the thickness change of the second protective part can compensate for the thickness change of the conductive part, which is beneficial for the surface of the second protective part facing away from the metal layer to be close to the plane, which is beneficial for reducing rolling damage and improving the current carrying capacity of the metal layer; in addition, it can also reduce the problem of current collector winding bulging.
  • the thickness of the second main body segment is set reasonably, which can reduce the risk of metal layer cracking; in addition, the second main body segment will not protrude from the first protective part away from the metal layer due to excessive thickness, which can also reduce material accumulation and reduce manufacturing costs.
  • the insulating substrate includes a first insulating base and a second insulating base, a conductive main body covers the first insulating base, and a conductive part covers the second insulating base; the thickness of the conductive main body is t1 , the thickness of the conductive part is t4 , the thickness of the first protective part is t6 , the minimum thickness of the second protective part is t7 , the thickness of the first insulating base is t8 , and the thickness of the second insulating base is t9 , wherein -4 ⁇ m ⁇ ( t1 + t6 + t8 /2)-( t4 + t7 + t9 /2) ⁇ 4 ⁇ m, and optionally, -2 ⁇ m ⁇ ( t1 + t6 + t8 /2)-( t2 + t7 + t8 /2) ⁇ 2 ⁇ m.
  • the outer casing adopts the structure of end cap and shell, the electrode assembly can be easily installed into the outer casing, which facilitates the assembly of battery cells and helps to reduce manufacturing costs.
  • the capacity of a single battery cell is greater than or equal to 20 A ⁇ h.
  • the metal layer adopts a thickened structure of conductive parts, which can better meet the usage requirements of battery cells with a capacity greater than or equal to 20A ⁇ h.
  • the first electrode is a positive electrode
  • the active material of the active material layer contains Ni
  • the active material of the active material layer contains Ni (nickel) element, which can improve the energy density of the battery cell.
  • the positive electrode adopts the structure of the first electrode described above, and the current collector of the first electrode adopts the structure of a composite current collector, which can reduce the risk of internal short circuit of the battery cell and reduce the risk of thermal runaway of the battery cell.
  • the material of the metal layer includes one or more of aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, nickel, nickel alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, silver, and silver alloy.
  • the metal layer uses the aforementioned material, which is beneficial to improving the performance of the battery cell.
  • a battery device including the battery cell described in the above embodiments.
  • the battery device in this application uses the above-mentioned battery cells, which have good fast-charging performance and reliability, thus improving the fast-charging performance and reliability of the battery device, and also improving the reliability of the battery device.
  • the power device in this application uses the above-described battery device, which has good fast charging performance and reliability, which is beneficial to improving the battery life and reliability of the power device.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the structure of a vehicle provided in some embodiments of this application.
  • Figure 2 is an exploded view of a battery device provided in some embodiments of this application.
  • Figure 3 is an exploded view of a battery cell provided in some embodiments of this application.
  • Figure 4 is a schematic diagram of the structure of an electrode assembly provided in some embodiments of this application.
  • Figure 5 is a cross-sectional view along line A-A in Figure 4.
  • Figure 6 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the first electrode provided in some embodiments of this application.
  • Figure 8 is a magnified view of point C in Figure 6.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the first electrode after the conductive component is hidden, according to some embodiments of this application.
  • Figure 12 is a magnified view of a portion of point E in Figure 11.
  • Figure 17 is a cross-sectional view along line I-I in Figure 15.
  • Figure 18 is a schematic diagram of the structure of the first electrode provided in some embodiments of this application.
  • multiple refers to two or more (including two), similarly, “multiple sets” refers to two or more (including two sets), and “multiple pieces” refers to two or more (including two pieces). "Several” means one or more, unless otherwise explicitly specified.
  • the battery cell can be a secondary battery, which refers to a battery cell that can be recharged to activate the active materials and continue to be used after the battery cell has been discharged.
  • Battery cells may include, but are not limited to, lithium-ion battery cells, sodium-ion battery cells, sodium-lithium-ion battery cells, lithium metal battery cells, sodium metal battery cells, lithium-sulfur battery cells, magnesium-ion battery cells, nickel-metal hydride battery cells, nickel-cadmium battery cells, lead-acid battery cells, etc.
  • the battery device mentioned in the embodiments of this application refers to a single physical module comprising one or more battery cells to provide higher voltage and capacity.
  • the battery device can be a battery module, and when there are multiple battery cells, the multiple battery cells are arranged and fixed to form a battery module.
  • the battery device may be a battery pack, which includes a housing and individual battery cells, with the individual battery cells or battery modules housed within the housing.
  • the battery device may be an energy storage device.
  • Energy storage devices include energy storage containers, energy storage cabinets, etc.
  • a single battery cell typically consists of an electrode assembly and a casing, with the electrode assembly housed within the casing.
  • the electrode assembly includes a positive electrode and a negative electrode.
  • active ions such as lithium ions
  • the electrode assembly further includes an isolator disposed between the positive and negative electrodes, which can prevent short circuits between the positive and negative electrodes while allowing active ions to pass through.
  • the housing is used to encapsulate electrode components and electrolytes.
  • the housing can be made of steel, aluminum, plastic (such as polypropylene), composite metal (such as copper-aluminum composite), or aluminum-plastic film, etc.
  • the positive electrode can be a positive electrode sheet, which may include a positive current collector and a positive active material layer disposed on at least one surface of the positive current collector.
  • the negative electrode can be a negative electrode sheet, which may include a negative current collector and a negative active material layer disposed on at least one surface of the negative current collector.
  • Current collectors are usually made of metal, such as aluminum foil and copper foil.
  • metal such as aluminum foil and copper foil.
  • pure metal foil is prone to producing metal burrs. These burrs can pierce the separator, causing internal short circuits and posing a significant risk of fire and explosion to individual battery cells.
  • This current collector includes an insulating substrate and a metal layer covering the surface of the insulating substrate.
  • An active material layer covers the surface of the metal layer facing away from the insulating substrate.
  • the thickness of the metal layer is typically small (e.g., between several hundred nanometers and several micrometers) to minimize burrs generated during foreign object piercing of the electrode, making it less likely to pierce the separator.
  • the metal layer connects to the electrode leads on the casing for input or output of electrical energy from the battery cell.
  • the small thickness of the metal layer results in a small cross-sectional area at the connection between the metal layer and the electrode leads, leading to poor current-carrying capacity at this connection point, which is detrimental to improving the fast-charging performance of the battery cell.
  • the present application provides a technical solution that designs the metal layer with a structure of inconsistent thickness, that is, the thickness of the conductive part connected to the electrode lead is greater than the thickness of the conductive body.
  • the thickness of the conductive part By increasing the thickness of the conductive part, it is beneficial to increase the current-carrying area of the conductive part, improve the current-carrying capacity of the conductive part, enhance the current-carrying capacity of the metal layer, reduce the heat generation of the battery cell, improve the charging and discharging efficiency of the battery cell, and improve the fast charging performance of the battery cell.
  • the electrode assemblies described in the embodiments of this application are applicable to battery cells, battery devices, and electrical devices using battery devices.
  • the battery device disclosed in this application can be used in electrical devices that use the battery device as a power source or in various energy storage systems that use the battery device as an energy storage element.
  • the electrical device can be, but is not limited to, mobile phones, tablets, laptops, electric toys, power tools, electric vehicles, electric cars, ships, spacecraft, etc.
  • electric toys can include stationary or mobile electric toys, such as game consoles, electric car toys, electric ship toys, and electric airplane toys, etc.
  • spacecraft can include airplanes, rockets, space shuttles, and spacecraft, etc.
  • a battery device 1100 is installed inside the vehicle 1000.
  • the battery device 1100 can be located at the bottom, front, or rear of the vehicle 1000.
  • the battery device 1100 can be used to power the vehicle 1000; for example, the battery device 1100 can serve as the operating power source for the vehicle 1000.
  • the vehicle 1000 may also include a controller 1200 and a motor 1300.
  • the controller 1200 is used to control the battery device 1100 to supply power to the motor 1300, for example, for the power needs of the vehicle 1000 during startup, navigation and driving.
  • the battery device 1100 can not only serve as the operating power source for the vehicle 1000, but also as the driving power source for the vehicle 1000, replacing or partially replacing fuel or natural gas to provide driving power for the vehicle 1000.
  • the battery device 1100 includes a housing 300 and a battery cell 100, with the battery cell 100 housed within the housing 300.
  • the housing 300 is used to accommodate the battery cell 100, and the housing 300 can have various structures.
  • the housing 300 may include a first housing portion 301 and a second housing portion 302, which overlap each other, and together define a receiving space for accommodating the battery cell 100.
  • the second housing portion 302 may be a hollow structure with one end open, and the first housing portion 301 may be a plate-like structure, with the first housing portion 301 covering the open side of the second housing portion 302 to form a housing 300 with a receiving space; alternatively, both the first housing portion 301 and the second housing portion 302 may be hollow structures with one side open, with the open side of the first housing portion 301 covering the open side of the second housing portion 302 to form a housing 300 with a receiving space.
  • the first housing portion 301 and the second housing portion 302 can have various shapes, such as cylinders, cuboids, etc.
  • a sealing element such as sealant or sealing ring, can also be provided between the first housing part 301 and the second housing part 302.
  • the first box part 301 covers the top of the second box part 302
  • the first box part 301 can also be called the upper box cover
  • the second box part 302 can also be called the lower box.
  • the battery device 1100 there can be one or more battery cells 100. If there are multiple battery cells 100, they can be connected in series, in parallel, or in a mixed manner.
  • a mixed connection means that multiple battery cells 100 are connected in both series and parallel.
  • Multiple battery cells 100 can be directly connected in series, parallel, or in a mixed manner, and then the whole composed of multiple battery cells 100 can be housed in the housing 300; of course, multiple battery cells 100 can also be connected in series, parallel, or in a mixed manner to form a battery module, and multiple battery modules can then be connected in series, parallel, or in a mixed manner to form a whole, and housed in the housing 300.
  • the battery cell 100 may be the smallest unit that makes up the battery device 1100.
  • the battery cell 100 includes a housing 200 and an electrode assembly 101 housed within the housing 200.
  • the electrode assembly 101 includes a positive electrode and a negative electrode.
  • active ions such as lithium ions
  • the electrode assembly 101 also includes a separator 3 disposed between the positive and negative electrodes, which can reduce the risk of short circuit between the positive and negative electrodes while allowing active ions to pass through.
  • the housing 202 is a component used to cooperate with the end cap 201 to form an internal cavity of the battery cell 100.
  • the formed internal cavity can be used to accommodate the electrode assembly 101, electrolyte, and other components.
  • the gel electrolyte comprises a polymer-based backbone network coupled with an ionic liquid-lithium salt.
  • the thickness of the second active material portion 22 is within a more suitable range, and the volume setting of the active material layer 20 is reasonable. This is beneficial to improving the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100, and can also reduce the risk of ion extraction difficulties in the region of the active material layer 20 near the conductive layer, thereby improving the performance of the battery cell 100.
  • the design of W3 / W4 ⁇ 0.4 makes the ratio of the size of the first conductive part 141 to the size of the conductive part 14 along the first direction reasonable, which facilitates the connection between the second conductive part 142 and the electrode lead-out part 2011.
  • the first conductive part 141 and the active material layer 20 have good electron transport capability, which is beneficial to reduce the resistance of the first electrode 1 and improve the fast charging performance of the battery cell 100.
  • the size of the first conductive portion 141 is W3
  • the size of the conductive portion 14 is W4 , wherein 2mm ⁇ W4 - W3 ⁇ 10mm .
  • W4 - W3 can refer to the dimensions of the second conductive part 142 along the first direction, that is, the width of the second conductive part 142, i.e., W7 .
  • 2mm ⁇ W4 -W3 ⁇ 10mm which means that the value of W4 -W3 can be 2mm, 10mm, or any value between 2mm and 10mm; for example, the value of W4 -W3 can be, but is not limited to, 2mm, 3mm, 4mm, 5mm, 6mm, 7mm, 8mm, 9mm, and 10mm.
  • the design of 2mm ⁇ W4 - W3 ⁇ 10mm makes the size of the second conductive part 142 within a reasonable range along the first direction, which facilitates the connection between the second conductive part 142 and the electrode lead-out part 2011, and can also reduce the space occupied by the second conductive part 142 being too large along the first direction, which is beneficial to improving the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the design of 2mm ⁇ W4 - W3 ⁇ 10mm makes the size of the second conductive part 142 in the first direction more reasonable, which facilitates the connection between the second conductive part 142 and the electrode lead-out part 2011, and can also reduce the space occupied by the second conductive part 142 due to its large size in the first direction, which is beneficial to improving the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the size of the first conductive portion 141 is W3
  • the size of the conductive body portion 13 is W5 , wherein W3 /( W3 + W5 ) ⁇ 0.45.
  • W3 / ( W3 + W5 ) ⁇ 0.45. It can be understood that the value of W3 / ( W3 + W5 ) can be 0.45 or any value between 0 and 0.45; for example, the value of W3 / ( W3 + W5 ) can be, but is not limited to, 0.001, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, and 0.45.
  • W3 can be 10mm, 100mm, or any value between 10mm and 100mm; for example, the value of W3 can be, but is not limited to, 10mm, 20mm, 30mm, 40mm, 50mm, 60mm, 70mm, 80mm, 90mm, or 100mm.
  • the design of 10mm ⁇ W 3 ⁇ 100mm ensures that the size of the first conductive part 141 is within a reasonable range along the first direction, so that there is good electron transport capability between the active material layer 20 and the first conductive part 141.
  • the size of the first conductive part 141 is not too large along the second direction, which helps to reduce the space and weight occupied by the first conductive part 141 and improve the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the second conductive portion 142 includes at least one protrusion 1421 connected to the first conductive portion 141.
  • the size of the protrusion 1421 is smaller than the size of the conductive body portion 13.
  • the second direction is perpendicular to the thickness direction of the current collector 10 and the first direction.
  • the protrusion 1421 can refer to a protruding structure on the edge of the metal layer 12, and along the second direction, the size l1 of the protrusion 1421 is smaller than the size L1 of the conductive body portion 13.
  • the number of protrusions 1421 can be one or more.
  • the thickness of the protrusion 1421 is greater than the thickness of the conductive body portion 13; the number of protrusions 1421 can be one or more, and multiple protrusions 1421 are arranged at intervals along the second direction.
  • the protrusion 1421 includes a first protrusion sub-part 14211 and a second protrusion sub-part 14212.
  • the first protrusion sub-part 14211 is connected between the second protrusion sub-part 14212 and the first conductive part 141.
  • the first protrusion sub-part 14211 is connected to the electrode lead-out part 2011.
  • the size of the first protrusion sub-part 14211 is larger than the size of the second protrusion sub-part 14212.
  • protrusions 1421 there are multiple protrusions 1421, which are spaced apart along a second direction. Along the second direction, the sum of the dimensions l1 of all protrusions 1421 is less than the dimension L1 of the conductive body portion 13.
  • Multiple protrusions 1421 are spaced apart along the length of the first electrode 1. After the first electrode 1 is wound, the multiple protrusions 1421 are stacked to form an integral bent part that is connected to the electrode lead-out part 2011. In addition, the gap between two adjacent protrusions 1421 is such that the sum of the dimensions l1 of the multiple protrusions 1421 along the second direction is less than the dimension L1 of the conductive body part 13.
  • the multiple protrusions 1421 may adopt the same structure or different structures.
  • the transition portion 1422 may refer to the portion of the metal layer 12 located between the protrusion 1421 and the first conductive portion 141.
  • the transition portion 1422 is continuously provided along the second direction such that, along the second direction, the dimension L2 of the transition portion 1422 is greater than the sum of the dimensions l1 of all the protrusions 1421, or, along the second direction, the dimension L2 of the transition portion 1422 is equal to the dimension l1 of the protrusions 1421.
  • the second conductive portion 142 includes a transition portion 1422 and a protrusion 1421; the second conductive portion 142 may also include only the protrusion 1421.
  • the thickness of the transition portion 1422 is greater than the thickness of the conductive body portion 13, and the dimension L2 of the transition portion 1422 along the second direction is large.
  • the transition portion 1422 has strong current carrying capacity, which is beneficial to reduce heat generation and improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the conductive body portion 13 has a size of L1
  • the transition portion 1422 has a size of L2
  • the size L2 of the transition portion 1422 is less than or equal to the size L1 of the conductive main body portion 13, and the size L2 of the transition portion 1422 is greater than or equal to more than 0.8 times the size L1 of the conductive main body portion 13.
  • the size L2 of the transition portion 1422 exceeds more than half of the size L1 of the conductive main body portion 13. The larger the size L2 of the transition portion 1422, the better the current carrying capacity of the transition portion 1422.
  • the transition portion 1422 may be located in the middle of the conductive body portion 13, and the two ends of the transition portion 1422 are not flush with the conductive body portion 13.
  • the transition portion 1422 is disposed at one end that may also be biased towards the conductive main body portion 13, such that one end of the transition portion 1422 is flush with the conductive main body portion 13, while the other end is not flush, or both ends are not flush.
  • the value of L2 / L1 can be, but is not limited to, 0.8, 1, or any value between 0.8 and 1.
  • the value of L2 / L1 can be, but is not limited to, 0.8, 0.85, 0.9, 0.95, or 1.
  • the design of 0.8 ⁇ L2 / L1 ⁇ 1 makes the size L2 of the transition portion 1422 close to the size L1 of the conductive main body portion 13 along the second direction.
  • the size of the transition portion 1422 is larger, and the current carrying capacity of the transition portion 1422 is better, which is conducive to reducing heat generation and improving the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • L2 L1 .
  • L2 / L1 1.
  • the size L2 of the transition portion 1422 is equal to the size L1 of the conductive main body portion 13.
  • the two ends of the transition portion 1422 are flush with the conductive main body portion 13 and form an equal length structure.
  • the transition portion 1422 and the conductive body form an equal-length structure, the transition portion 1422 has better overcurrent capacity, which is more conducive to reducing heat generation and improving the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the first electrode 1 further includes a conductive member 30, which includes a first connecting portion 31 and a second connecting portion 32 arranged along a first direction.
  • the first connecting portion 31 is connected to the second connecting portion 32.
  • the first connecting portion 31 is connected to the surface of the second conductive portion 142 facing away from the insulating substrate 11.
  • the second connecting portion 32 is located on the side of the second conductive portion 142 facing away from the first conductive portion 141.
  • the second connecting portion 32 is connected to the electrode lead-out portion 2011.
  • the conductive component 30 may refer to the component that connects to the electrode lead-out portion 2011; the conductive component 30 is made of a metal material, such as copper or aluminum; when the first electrode 1 is a positive electrode, the conductive component 30 may be aluminum foil; when the first electrode 1 is a negative electrode, the conductive component 30 may be copper foil.
  • the conductive member 30 includes a first connecting portion 31 and a second connecting portion 32.
  • the first connecting portion 31 may be the part that guides the conductive member 30 to connect with the second conductive portion 142
  • the second connecting portion 32 may be the part that guides the conductive member 30 to connect with the electrode lead-out portion 2011.
  • the first connecting portion 31 may cover and connect to the second conductive portion 142, and the second connecting portion 32
  • the first connecting portion 31 can be extended from the side facing away from the active material layer 20 along the first direction to protrude outside the insulating substrate 11. That is, along the thickness direction of the current collector 10, the projection of the first connecting portion 31 is located within the projection of the second conductive portion 142, and the projection of the second connecting portion 32 is located outside the projection range of the second conductive portion 142. In this way, the connection positions of the second conductive portion 142 and the electrode lead-out portion 2011 on the conductive member 30 are different, which facilitates the connection and reduces the mutual influence between the two connections, thus improving the connection reliability.
  • the projections of the first connecting portion 31 and the second connecting portion 32 can also partially overlap.
  • the first connecting part 31 can be directly welded to the surface of the second conductive part 142 facing away from the insulating substrate 11.
  • the welding connection operation is convenient and easy to process and manufacture. Of course, other methods can also be used to achieve the connection.
  • the second connecting part 32 and the electrode lead-out part 2011 can be connected by direct welding, or by welding with conductive parts (e.g., adapter pieces). Welding is a convenient connection method and facilitates manufacturing. Of course, other methods can also be used to achieve the connection.
  • the insulating substrate 11 is located between two adjacent layers of the second conductive portion 142. This makes it difficult for the two adjacent layers of the second conductive portion 142 to directly connect across the insulating substrate 11 and conduct current outward. As a result, the current can almost only be transmitted outward from the outermost layer of the second metal layer 12, resulting in poor conductivity, low fast-charging performance and reliability, and a tendency to cause local overheating, affecting the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the first connecting portion 31 of the conductive member 30 is connected to the second conductive portion 142, and the second connecting portion 32 of the conductive member 30 can protrude from the insulating substrate 11.
  • the two adjacent layers of the second conductive portion 142 can be electrically connected by the second connecting portion 32, thereby breaking the insulation limitation of the insulating substrate 11. This can effectively improve the conductivity of the first electrode sheet 1, improve the fast-charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100, reduce heat generation, and improve the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the insulating substrate 11 is located between two adjacent metal layers 12. This makes it difficult for the two adjacent metal layers 12 to directly connect across the insulating substrate 11 and conduct current outwards. As a result, the current can almost only be transmitted outwards from the outermost metal layer 12, resulting in poor conductivity, low fast-charging performance and reliability, and a tendency to cause local overheating, affecting the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the first connecting portion 31 of the conductive member 30 is connected to the second conductive portion 142, and the second connecting portion 32 of the conductive member 30 can protrude from the insulating substrate 11.
  • the second connecting portion 32 can be used to conduct electricity between two adjacent second conductive portions 142, thereby breaking the insulation limitation of the insulating substrate 11. This can effectively improve the conductivity of the first electrode 1, improve the fast-charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100, reduce heat generation, and improve the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the second connecting part 32 protrudes from the second conductive part 142, which facilitates the connection between the second connecting part 32 and the electrode lead-out part 2011, making the processing and manufacturing more convenient.
  • the first connecting portion 31 is spaced apart from the active material layer 20 along the first direction.
  • the first connecting part 31 does not directly contact the active material layer 20, but there is a certain gap, so that the first connecting part 31 does not contact the active material layer 20.
  • the first electrode 1 is a positive electrode, and the first connection portion 31 does not contact the active material layer 20, which can reduce the risk of lithium plating and improve the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the first electrode 1 is a negative electrode, and the first connection portion 31 may or may not contact the active material layer 20.
  • the first connection part 31 does not contact the active material layer 20, which can reduce the mutual influence between the two and improve the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the first connecting portion 31 is welded to the surface of the second conductive portion 142 facing away from the insulating substrate 11 to form a first solder mark 51.
  • the first connecting part 31 covers the surface of the second conductive part 142 facing away from the insulating substrate 11.
  • the first connecting part 31 and the second conductive part 142 are connected by welding.
  • the mark formed after the first connecting part 31 and the second conductive part 142 are welded is the first weld mark 51.
  • the first connecting part 31 is welded to the second conductive part 142, that is, the first connecting part 31 is welded to the area of the metal layer 12 that is not covered by the active material layer 20. This makes it difficult for the first connecting part 31 to be welded to the active material layer 20, which helps to reduce the risk of problems such as poor soldering and improves the connection reliability and current carrying capacity of the metal layer 12 and the conductive component 30.
  • the first connecting part 31 is welded to the second conductive part 142, and the conductive component 30 is connected to the second conductive part 142 by welding, which facilitates the fabrication of the first electrode 1.
  • the second conductive part 142 has a small thickness and a large surface area facing away from the insulating substrate 11, which helps to increase the welding area between the first connecting part 31 and the second conductive part 142, and increase the current-carrying area between the first connecting part 31 and the second conductive part 142. This improves the current-carrying capacity of the first electrode 1, and enhances the fast-charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the second conductive portion 142 includes at least one protrusion 1421, which is connected to the first conductive portion 141.
  • the size of the protrusion 1421 is smaller than the size of the conductive body portion 13.
  • the second direction is perpendicular to the thickness direction of the current collector 10 and the first direction.
  • the first solder mark 51 includes a first solder mark portion 511, and the first connecting portion 31 is soldered to the surface of the protrusion 1421 facing away from the insulating substrate 11 to form the first solder mark portion 511.
  • the first connecting part 31 is stacked on the surface of the protrusion 1421 facing away from the insulating substrate 11 and welded to the protrusion 1421.
  • the trace formed by the welding is the first solder mark 511.
  • the first connecting portion 31 may be welded to the entire protrusion 1421, or the first connecting portion 31 may be welded to a portion of the protrusion 1421, while another portion of the first protrusion 1421 may not be welded to the first connecting portion 31.
  • the first connecting part 31 and the protrusion 1421 are connected by welding, which is simple and convenient for the fabrication of the first electrode 1.
  • the first connecting part 31 and the protrusion 1421 can directly pass through the first solder mark 511, which is beneficial to improve the current passing capacity between the first connecting part 31 and the protrusion 1421.
  • the first solder mark 511 extends from one side of the protrusion 1421 to the other side of the protrusion 1421.
  • the conductive component 30 can be welded to the edge of the current collector 10 of equal length by ultrasonic welding (e.g., double-roll continuous ultrasonic welding) or other welding methods to form an equal-width solder mark. Then, the conductive component 30 is cut by laser die-cutting or other cutting methods to form an electrode tab, so as to facilitate connection with the electrode lead-out part 2011.
  • the first cutting is carried out along the second direction between the equal-width solder mark and the active material layer 20. Then, the cutting is carried out along the direction towards the equal-width solder mark until it leaves the equal-width solder mark. Then, the cutting continues to be carried out away from the active material layer 20 for a certain distance.
  • first solder mark part 511 can be obtained. By repeating this cycle, multiple first solder mark parts 511 can be obtained.
  • the size L4 of the first solder mark portion 511 is larger along the second direction, which is beneficial to increasing the overcurrent area between the first connecting portion 31 and the protrusion 1421, improving the overcurrent capacity between the first connecting portion 31 and the protrusion 1421, reducing the risk of heat generation, and improving the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the protrusion 1421 includes a first protrusion sub-part 14211 and a second protrusion sub-part 14212, the first protrusion sub-part 14211 being connected between the second protrusion sub-part 14212 and the first conductive part 141; along the second direction, the size l2 of the first protrusion sub-part 14211 is larger than the size l3 of the second protrusion sub-part 14212; the first solder mark part 511 includes a first solder mark sub-part 5111, the first connecting part 31 being soldered to the first protrusion sub-part 14211 to form the first solder mark part 5111.
  • the first connecting part 31 is welded to the surface of the first protruding part 14211 facing away from the insulating substrate 11, and the weld mark is the first solder mark part 5111.
  • the first connecting part 31 is welded to the first protruding sub-part 14211 to form the first solder mark sub-part 5111.
  • the first protruding sub-part 14211 has a large dimension l2 along the second direction, which is beneficial to increasing the welding area between the protruding part 1421 and the first connecting part 31, increasing the current flow area between the protruding part 1421 and the conductive part, improving the current flow capacity, reducing heat generation, and improving the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the second protruding sub-part 14212 has a small dimension l3 along the second direction, which is beneficial to reducing the space occupied by the protruding part 1421 and improving the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the first solder mark portion 5111 extends from one side of the first protrusion portion 14211 to the other side of the first protrusion portion 14211.
  • the projection of the first solder mark 5111 falls into the projection of the first protruding part 14211.
  • the size of the first solder mark portion 5111 is large along the second direction, which is beneficial to increase the welding area between the protrusion 1421 and the first connecting portion 31, increase the current flow area between the protrusion 1421 and the first connecting portion 31, improve the current flow capacity, reduce heat generation, and improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the protrusion 1421 includes a first protrusion sub-part 14211 and a second protrusion sub-part 14212, the first protrusion sub-part 14211 being connected between the second protrusion sub-part 14212 and the first conductive part 141; along the second direction, the size of the first protrusion sub-part 14211 is larger than the size of the second protrusion sub-part 14212; the first solder mark 511 includes the second solder mark 5112, the first connecting part 31 being soldered to the surface of the second protrusion sub-part 14212 facing away from the insulating substrate 11 to form the second solder mark 5112.
  • the surface of the second protruding sub-part 14212 facing away from the insulating substrate 11 is welded to the first connecting part 31, and the weld mark is the second solder mark sub-part 5112.
  • the protrusion 1421 includes a first protrusion sub-part 14211 and a second protrusion sub-part 14212, the first protrusion sub-part 14211 being connected between the second protrusion sub-part 14212 and the first conductive part 141; along the second direction, the size of the first protrusion sub-part 14211 is larger than the size of the second protrusion sub-part 14212;
  • the first solder mark 511 includes a first solder mark sub-part 5111, the first connecting part 31 being soldered to the first protrusion sub-part 14211 to form the first solder mark 5111;
  • the first solder mark 511 also includes a second solder mark 5112, the first connecting part 31 being soldered to the surface of the second protrusion sub-part 14212 facing away from the insulating substrate 11 to form the second solder mark 5112.
  • both the first protruding sub-part 14211 and the second protruding sub-part 14212 are welded to the first connecting part 31, which is beneficial to increase the flow area between the first connecting part 31 and the protruding part 1421 and improve the flow capacity between the first connecting part 31 and the protruding part 1421.
  • the second solder mark portion 5112 extends from one side of the second protrusion portion 14212 to the other side of the second protrusion portion 14212.
  • the projection of the second solder mark portion 5112 falls within the projection of the second protruding portion 14212.
  • the second solder mark portion 5112 has a large dimension along the second direction, which is beneficial to increasing the welding area between the first connecting portion 31 and the protrusion 1421, increasing the flow area between the first connecting portion 31 and the protrusion 1421, and improving the flow capacity between the first connecting portion 31 and the protrusion 1421.
  • the first connecting portion 31 includes multiple first connecting sub-portions 311, which are spaced apart along a second direction; there are multiple second connecting portions 32, and each first connecting sub-portion 311 is connected to each second connecting portion 32 in a one-to-one correspondence; each first connecting sub-portion 311 is welded to the surface of each protrusion 1421 facing away from the insulating substrate 11 in a one-to-one correspondence.
  • the first connecting part 311 can refer to the portion of the first connecting part 31 that covers the protrusion 1421; the number of first connecting parts 311, the number of second connecting parts 32 and the number of protrusions 1421 are the same, one first connecting part 311 corresponds to one protrusion 1421, one first connecting part 311 is connected to one second connecting part 32, and one first connecting part 311 and one protrusion 1421 are welded to form a first solder mark 511.
  • the plurality of first connecting sub-parts 311 of the first connecting part 31 are arranged at intervals along the second direction, and there is a gap between two adjacent first connecting sub-parts 311, which can reduce the material required for the first connecting part 31 and reduce the manufacturing cost of the battery cell 100.
  • the second conductive portion 142 includes a transition portion 1422 and at least one protrusion 1421.
  • the transition portion 1422 is connected between the first conductive portion 141 and the protrusion 1421.
  • the size of the transition portion 1422 is greater than the sum of the sizes of all the protrusions 1421.
  • the second direction is perpendicular to the thickness direction of the current collector 10 and the first direction.
  • the first solder mark 51 also includes a second solder mark portion 512.
  • the first connecting portion 31 is soldered to the surface of the transition portion 1422 facing away from the insulating substrate 11 to form the second solder mark portion 512.
  • the first connecting part 31 is welded to the surface of the transition part 1422 facing away from the insulating substrate 11, and the trace produced by the welding of the transition part 1422 and the first connecting part 31 is the second solder mark 512.
  • the first solder mark 51 includes a second solder mark portion 512 and a first solder mark portion 511, that is, the first connecting portion 31 is simultaneously welded to the transition portion 1422 and the protrusion portion 1421, and the first solder mark portion 511 is located between the second solder mark portion 512 and the active material layer 20.
  • the first solder mark 51 only includes the second solder mark portion 512, that is, the first connecting portion 31 is only welded to the transition portion 1422.
  • the first connecting portion 31 and the second conductive portion 142 are connected by the current-passing portion only. This eliminates the need to use the protrusion 1421 for current-passing and reduces the risk of heat generation at the junction of the protrusion 1421 and the current-passing portion, which is beneficial to improving the fast charging performance of the battery cell 100.
  • the first connecting part 31 and the transition part 1422 are connected by welding, which is simple and facilitates the fabrication of the first electrode 1.
  • the transition part 1422 has a large size along the second direction and good current carrying capacity.
  • the first connecting part 31 and the first conductive part 141 can directly use the transition part 1422 for current carrying, which can reduce the current carrying pressure between the protrusion 1421 and the current carrying part, or even eliminate the need for current carrying through the protrusion 1421, thereby reducing the risk of heat generation and improving the fast charging performance of the battery cell 100.
  • the first solder mark 51 may be only the first solder mark portion 511, that is, the first connecting portion 31 is welded to the protrusion 1421, and not to the transition portion 1422.
  • the first solder mark 51 may be only the second solder mark portion 512, that is, the first connecting portion 31 is welded to the transition portion 1422, but not to the protrusion portion 1421.
  • the size of the transition portion 1422 is L2
  • the size of the second solder mark portion 512 is L3
  • the size L3 of the second solder mark 512 can be less than or equal to the size L2 of the transition part 1422, the size L3 of the second solder mark 512 is more than 0.8 times the size L2 of the transition part 1422, the size L3 of the second solder mark 512 exceeds more than half the size L2 of the transition part 1422, the longer the size L3 of the second solder mark 512, the larger the welding area between the transition part 1422 and the first connecting part 31, and the better the flow capacity at the connection between the transition part 1422 and the first connecting part 31.
  • the second solder mark 512 may be located in the middle of the transition portion 1422, and the two ends of the second solder mark 512 are not flush with the transition portion 1422.
  • the second solder mark 512 is also set at one end of the transition portion 1422, such that one end of the transition portion 1422 is flush with the other end, or neither end is flush.
  • L3 / L2 can be, but is not limited to, 0.8, 1, or any value between 0.8 and 1.
  • the value of L3 / L2 can be, but is not limited to, 0.8, 0.85, 0.9, 0.95, or 1.
  • the design of 0.8 ⁇ L 3 /L 2 ⁇ 1 makes the size of the second solder mark 512 larger along the second direction, which is beneficial to increase the welding area between the first connecting part 31 and the transition part 1422, improve the current carrying capacity at the connection between the first connecting part 31 and the transition part 1422, improve the current carrying capacity of the first electrode 1, reduce heat generation, and improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • L3 L2 .
  • the protrusion 1421 and the transition portion 1422 are simultaneously welded to the first connecting portion 31 to form the entire solder mark. Welding the first connecting portion 31 to the transition portion 1422 can effectively increase the welding area between the first connecting portion 31 and the metal layer 12, improve the flow area between the first connecting portion 31 and the metal layer 12, and help improve the flow capacity between the first connecting portion 31 and the metal layer 12.
  • the current carrying capacity at the connection between the first connecting part 31 and the transition part 1422 is the best, which can effectively improve the current carrying capacity of the first electrode 1, reduce heat generation, and improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the first connecting portion 31 includes a second connecting sub-portion 312 and multiple first connecting sub-portions 311, which are spaced apart along the second direction, and each first connecting sub-portion 311 covers each protrusion 1421 in a corresponding manner;
  • the second connecting portion 312 may refer to the portion of the first connecting portion 31 that covers the transition portion 1422; the second connecting portion 312 is continuously provided along the second direction, for example, along the second direction, the second connecting portion 312 extends from one side of the transition portion 1422 to the other side of the transition portion 1422.
  • the second connecting part 312 is welded to the surface of the transition part 1422 facing away from the insulating substrate 11 to form the second solder mark part 512.
  • the process involves first cutting along the second direction on the equal-width solder mark, then cutting along the direction away from the active material layer 20 until leaving the equal-width solder mark, then cutting a distance along the direction away from the active material layer 20, then cutting a distance along the second direction, then cutting along the direction towards the active material layer 20 until the equal-width solder mark is cut a distance away, and then cutting along the second direction on the equal-width solder mark again.
  • This process is repeated to obtain the first solder mark 51.
  • the first solder mark 51 is located on the side of the cut position facing the active material layer 20, with the cut position along the second direction on the equal-width solder mark as a reference.
  • the device is divided into a second solder mark portion 512, and the portion located on the side facing away from the active material layer 20 at the cutting position is the first solder mark portion 511.
  • the first solder mark portion 511 can be a protruding structure of the second solder mark portion 512 facing away from the active material layer 20.
  • the second connecting sub-part 312 is continuously arranged along the second direction, which can connect multiple first connecting sub-parts 311 into a whole.
  • the second connecting sub-part 312 can provide good support for the first connecting sub-parts 311, which can reduce the risk of short circuit when the first connecting sub-part 311 is bent and inserted into the first electrode 1 and the second electrode 2, thus improving the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the second connecting sub-part 312 is larger in size along the second direction, which is beneficial to increasing the welding area between the second connecting sub-part 312 and the transition part 1422, thereby improving the current carrying capacity at the connection between the first connecting part 31 and the transition part 1422, and improving the current carrying capacity of the first electrode 1. This capability enhances the fast-charging performance and reliability of individual battery cells.
  • the size L4 of the first solder mark 511 is smaller than the size L3 of the second solder mark 512.
  • the size L3 of the second solder mark 512 is large, and the welding area between the transition part 1422 and the first connecting part 31 is large, which is beneficial to improving the overcurrent capacity of the first connecting part 31 and the transition part 1422, and is beneficial to improving the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • each protrusion 1421 is welded to the first connecting portion 31 to form a first solder mark portion 511.
  • the number of protrusions 1421 is multiple, such as two, three, four, etc.; the multiple protrusions 1421 are spaced apart along the second direction.
  • multiple protrusions 1421 are stacked together, and multiple second connecting portions 32 are also stacked together, thereby breaking the insulation limitation of the insulating substrate 11, effectively improving the conductivity of the first electrode 1, improving the fast charging performance of the battery device 1100 cell, reducing the heat generation of the battery device 1100 cell, and improving the reliability of the battery device 1100 cell in use.
  • protrusions 1421 are spaced apart along the second direction, such that the sum of the dimensions l1 of all protrusions 1421 along the second direction is less than the dimension L2 of the transition portion 1422, the sum of the dimensions L4 of all first solder portions 511 is less than the dimension L3 of the second solder portion 512, and the dimension L3 of the second solder portion 512 is large.
  • This is beneficial to increasing the welding area between the transition portion 1422 and the first connecting portion 31, improving the current carrying capacity at the connection between the transition portion 1422 and the conductive member 30, improving the current carrying capacity of the first electrode 1, reducing heat generation, and improving the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • some of the first solder marks 511 may have the same size L4 , or all of the first solder marks 511 may have completely different sizes L4 , or all of the first solder marks 511 may have the same size L4 .
  • the second solder mark 512 and the first solder mark 511 are directly connected.
  • the second solder mark 512 and the first solder mark 511 form a single first solder mark 51, with no obvious dividing line between them; the single first solder mark 51 can cover the junction of the protrusion 1421 and the transition 1422; in the actual manufacturing process, the second solder mark 512 and the first solder mark 511 are formed by cutting the above-mentioned equal-width solder mark.
  • the second solder mark 512 and the first solder mark 511 adopt a solder joint structure, and the solder joint spacing in the second solder mark 512 is the same as the solder joint spacing in the first solder mark 511.
  • the solder joints in the second solder mark 512 and the first solder mark 511 are not welded to the boundary line between the protrusion 1421 and the transition 1422, and the spacing between two adjacent solder joints in the second solder mark 512 and the first solder mark 511 is equal to the solder joint spacing in the second solder mark 512.
  • the solder joints are welded to the boundary line between the protrusion 1421 and the transition 1422, thereby connecting the second solder mark 512 and the first solder mark 511 into a single solder mark.
  • the first solder mark 51 can cover the junction of the protrusion 1421 and the transition portion 1422, and a portion of the current can flow directly through the transition portion 1422 to the first connecting portion 31, reducing the overcurrent pressure at the junction of the protrusion 1421 and the transition portion 1422, which is beneficial to improving the overcurrent capacity of the first electrode 1, reducing heat generation, and improving the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the electrode assembly 101 further includes an insulating member 40, which includes a first insulating portion 41.
  • the first insulating portion 41 covers the surface of the second conductive portion 142 facing away from the insulating substrate 11, and the entire first insulating portion 41 is located between the first solder mark 51 and the active material layer 20.
  • the insulating component 40 can refer to a component capable of insulation.
  • the insulating component 40 includes a first insulating part 41, which can refer to an insulating component covering the surface of the metal layer 12 facing away from the active material layer 20.
  • the first insulating part 41 can be, but is not limited to, an insulating coating, an insulating adhesive (e.g., hot melt adhesive) or an insulating tape.
  • the first insulating portion 41 does not overlap with the first solder mark 51.
  • the first insulating portion 41 and the first solder mark 51 are spaced apart, so that the first connecting portion 31 will not be welded to the first insulating portion 41, which helps to reduce the risk of poor soldering between the first connecting portion 31 and the metal layer 12; or, the first insulating portion 41 and the first solder mark 51 only overlap at the edge, and the edge of the first solder mark 51 overlaps with the edge of the first insulating portion 41, which reduces the risk of poor soldering and improves the welding reliability between the first connecting portion 31 and the metal layer 12.
  • the first insulating part 41 can insulate and separate the surface of the second conductive part 142 facing away from the insulating substrate 11 from other components, which is beneficial to improving the reliability of the battery cell 100; it is also beneficial to improve the connection reliability between the first connecting part 31 and the metal layer 12, and it is also beneficial to improve the overcurrent capacity.
  • the first insulating portion 41 is located between the first connecting portion 31 and the active material layer 20.
  • the entire first insulating portion 41 is located between the first connecting portion 31 and the active material layer 20.
  • the first connecting portion 31 is welded only to the protrusion 1421, and the first connecting portion 31 and the transition portion 1422 are spaced apart.
  • a portion of the first insulating portion 41 covers the first protruding sub-portion 14211, and another portion covers the transition portion 1422.
  • the first insulating portion 41 may only cover the transition portion 1422.
  • the first insulating portion 41 covers the transition portion 1422.
  • the first insulating part 41 can support the portion of the second conductive part 142 located between the first connecting part 31 and the active material layer 20, which can reduce damage such as cracks and breaks that occur in this part during the manufacturing process of the battery device 1100, and is conducive to improving the electron transmission capability of this part, improving the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100; in addition, the first insulating part 41 can also achieve insulation of this part, reduce the short circuit risk of the battery cell 100, and improve the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the insulating member 40 further includes a second insulating portion 42, at least a portion of which covers the first solder mark 51.
  • the second insulating part 42 may refer to an insulating component covering the first solder mark 51.
  • the first insulating part 41 and the second insulating part 42 may be an integrally formed structure or two separate components connected together.
  • the second insulating part 42 may be, but is not limited to, an insulating coating, an insulating adhesive (e.g., hot melt adhesive) or an insulating tape.
  • a portion of the first insulating portion 41 may cover the first solder mark 51, and another portion may cover the first insulating portion 41 or the active material layer 20, or the entire first insulating portion 41 may cover the first solder mark 51.
  • the surface of the first solder mark 51 will generate components such as sharp protrusions and metal debris.
  • the second insulating part 42 covers the surface of the first solder mark 51, which can prevent the sharp protrusions and metal debris from contacting the second electrode 2, thereby reducing the short circuit risk of the battery cell 100 and improving the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • one side of the second insulating portion 42 covers the first solder mark 51, and the other side of the second insulating portion 42 covers at least a portion of the first insulating portion 41.
  • one side of the second insulating part 42 covers the first solder mark 51, and the other side of the second insulating part 42 may cover the entire first insulating part 41, or a part of the first insulating part 41, or even completely cover the active material layer 20.
  • the second insulating portion 42 may also cover the portion of the first connecting portion 31 located between the first insulating portion 41 and the first solder mark 51.
  • the insulation member 40 provides more comprehensive coverage, which is more conducive to reducing the risk of short circuits and improving the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the second insulating part 42 and the first insulating part 41 jointly cover the second conductive part 142, which can achieve double-layer insulation, which is beneficial to reducing the short-circuit risk of the battery cell 100 and improving the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the electrode assembly 101 further includes an insulating member 40, which includes a second insulating portion 42, at least a portion of which covers the first solder mark 51.
  • the insulating member 40 includes a second insulating portion 42, and the insulating member 40 may not include a first insulating portion 41, or the insulating member 40 may include a first insulating portion 41 and a second insulating portion 42.
  • the surface of the first solder mark 51 will generate components such as sharp protrusions and metal debris.
  • the second insulating part 42 covers the surface of the first solder mark 51, which can prevent the sharp protrusions and metal debris from contacting the second electrode 2, thereby reducing the short circuit risk of the battery cell 100 and improving the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • one side of the second insulating portion 42 covers the first solder mark 51, and the other side of the second insulating portion 42 covers at least a portion of the active material layer 20.
  • One side of the second insulating portion 42 covers the first solder mark 51, and the other side of the second insulating portion 42 can directly cover a portion of the active material layer 20 or cover the entire active material layer 20.
  • the second insulating portion 42 can cover the end of the first active material portion 21 facing away from the second active material portion 22.
  • the first active material portion 21 can be used to provide mounting space for the second insulating portion 42, reducing the risk that the surface of the first active material portion 21 facing away from the insulating substrate 11 will protrude from the surface of the second active material portion 22 facing away from the insulating substrate 11.
  • the second insulating portion 42 can completely cover a portion of the first active material portion 21 and the second active material portion 22, or it can cover the entire active material layer 20.
  • the second conductive portion 142 covers the first insulating portion 41. After the second insulating portion 42 completely covers the first insulating portion 41, it can also extend to the active material layer 20 to cover the active material layer 20.
  • the second conductive portion 142 does not cover the first insulating portion 41.
  • the second insulating portion 42 extends from the first solder mark 51 to the active material layer 20. This covers the portion of the second conductive portion 142 located between the conductive member 30 and the active material layer 20, reducing the risk of short circuits in this part and improving the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the first insulating portion 41 can be omitted, saving costs.
  • the active material layer 20 can be used to cover the original position of the first insulating portion 41, which can increase the fast charging performance and reliability of the active material layer 20 and improve the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the second insulating portion 42 extends from the first solder mark 51 to the active material layer 20, and the second insulating portion 42 extends from the first solder mark 51 to the active material layer 20.
  • Section 42 has a wide coverage area and good insulation effect.
  • the dimension of the portion of the insulating member 40 covering the active material layer 20 is H, wherein 0.2 mm ⁇ H ⁇ 1.0 mm, and optionally, 0.3 mm ⁇ H ⁇ 0.8 mm.
  • the value of H can be 0.2mm, 1mm, or any value between 0.2mm and 1.0mm.
  • the value of H can be, but is not limited to, 0.2mm, 0.3mm, 0.4mm, 0.6mm, 0.8mm, 0.9mm, or 1mm.
  • the design with H ⁇ 0.2mm allows the insulating component 40 to cover the end of the active material layer 20 facing the conductive part 14, and the insulating component 40 can block burrs at the end of the active material layer 20 facing the conductive part 14, thereby improving the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the design with H ⁇ 1.0mm ensures that the portion of the insulating component 40 covering the active material layer 20 is not too large, which helps to reduce the weight and volume of the insulating component 40 and improve the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the insulating member 40 includes a first insulating portion 41 that covers the end of the active material layer 20 facing the conductive portion 14.
  • the portion of the first insulating portion 41 covering the active material layer 20 may refer to the intersoluble region formed by the first insulating portion 41 and the active material layer 20, thus making the fixation of the first insulating portion 41 more stable.
  • the insulating member 40 includes a second insulating portion 42 that covers the end of the active material layer 20 toward the extension.
  • the size of the portion of the insulating member 40 covering the active material layer 20 along the first direction is reasonable, which can simultaneously block burrs at the end of the active material layer 20 near the conductive part 14 and the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the size of the portion of the second insulating part 42 covering the active material layer 20 along the first direction is more reasonable, which can better take into account both the burrs at the end of the active material layer 20 near the conductive part 14 and the energy density problem of the battery cell 100.
  • the number of metal layers 12, insulating elements 40, and conductive elements 30 are all two.
  • the two metal layers 12 cover opposite sides of the insulating substrate 11 along the thickness direction.
  • the two active material layers 20 cover the first conductive portion 141 and the conductive body portion 13 of the two metal layers 12, respectively.
  • the first connecting portion 31 of one conductive element 30 is welded to the surface of the second conductive portion 142 of one of the metal layers 12 facing away from the insulating substrate 11 and forms a first solder mark 51.
  • the first connecting portion 31 of the other conductive element 30 is welded to the second conductive portion 142 of the other metal layer 12 and also forms a first solder mark 51.
  • the second insulating portions 42 of the two insulating elements 40 cover the two first solder marks 51.
  • the first connecting portions 31 of the two conductive members 30 are respectively welded to the metal layers 12 located on opposite sides of the insulating substrate 11, and the second connecting portions 32 of the two conductive members 30 are located on the side of the second conductive portion 142 facing away from the first conductive portion 141.
  • the two conductive portions 14 can be directly connected by the second connecting portions 32 of the two conductive members 30, thereby breaking the insulation limitation of the insulating substrate 11, effectively improving the conductivity of the first electrode 1, improving the fast charging performance of the battery cell 100, reducing heat generation, and improving the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • a first portion 421 covers the first solder mark 51 and extends along the direction from the conductive body portion 13 to the conductive portion 14.
  • a second portion 422 protrudes from the side of the second conductive portion 142 and is located on the side of the second connection portion 32 along a second direction, wherein the second direction is perpendicular to the first direction and the thickness direction of the current collector 10.
  • the insulating member 40 has a uniform width structure, and the insulating member 40 covers the conductive member 30 and the conductive portion 14 along the length direction of the first electrode 1; while along the thickness direction of the current collector 10, the portion of the second insulating portion 42 located within the projection range of the conductive portion 14 and the conductive member 30 is the first portion 421, and the portion of the second insulating portion 42 located outside the projection range of the conductive portion 14 and the conductive member 30 and located on the side of the conductive portion 14 facing away from the conductive body portion 13 is the second portion 422.
  • the metal debris and other components on the side of the second conductive part 142 away from the active material layer 20 can be located between the second part 422 of the two insulating members 40. This can reduce the risk of metal debris falling into the electrode assembly 101 and help reduce the risk of short circuit.
  • the second portions 422 of the two insulating members 40 are attached to each other.
  • the second portions 422 of the two insulating members 40 do not extend out of the hollow area of the protrusion 1421 at the transition portion 1422, and the second portions 422 of the two insulating members 40 can approach each other and fit together.
  • the second part 422 of the two insulating parts 40 can be glued together, statically adsorbed together, or other bonding methods can be used.
  • the metal debris and other components on the side of the second conductive part 142 can be covered, so that the metal debris and other components are not easy to fall into the electrode assembly 101, which can better reduce the risk of short circuit in the battery cell 100.
  • the second connecting portions 32 of the two conductive members 30 are welded together to form a second solder mark 52.
  • the second conductive parts 142 located on opposite sides of the insulating substrate 11 can be connected, thereby breaking the insulation limitation of the insulating substrate 11, effectively improving the conductivity of the first electrode 1, improving the fast charging performance of the battery cell 100, reducing heat generation, and improving the reliability of the battery cell 100 in use.
  • the second insulating portion 42 covers the second solder mark 52 and extends in the direction from the conductive body portion 13 to the conductive portion 14, with the second insulating portion 42 protruding from the edge of the second solder mark 52 facing away from the conductive body portion 13.
  • the projection of the second solder mark 52 falls within the projection of the second insulating portion 42, so that the second insulating portion 42 can completely cover the second solder mark 52.
  • the second insulating part 42 can completely cover the second solder mark 52, which can prevent burrs, metal debris and other parts on the second solder mark 52 from piercing the separator 3 and connecting with the second electrode 2, reducing the risk of short circuit and improving the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the electrode assembly 101 includes a second electrode 2 with a polarity opposite to that of the first electrode 1.
  • the second electrode 2 includes a main functional portion 210 and an electrode tab 220.
  • the electrode tab 220 protrudes from the main functional portion 210 in a first direction. In the direction from the conductive main portion 13 to the conductive portion 14, the main functional portion 210 protrudes from the end face of the insulating member 40 toward the active material layer 20, and the main functional portion 210 does not protrude from the end face of the insulating member 40 away from the active material layer 20.
  • the second electrode 2 can refer to an electrode with the opposite polarity to the first electrode 1, wherein the first electrode 1 is a positive electrode and the second electrode 2 is a negative electrode, or the first electrode 1 is a negative electrode and the second electrode 2 is a positive electrode.
  • the first electrode 1 and the second electrode 2 can be stacked and wound to form a wound electrode assembly 101; multiple first electrodes 1 and multiple second electrodes 2 are stacked to form a stacked electrode assembly 101.
  • the second electrode 2 includes a main functional portion 210 and a tab portion 220.
  • the main functional portion 210 can refer to the main body of the second electrode 2
  • the tab portion 220 can refer to the portion of the second electrode 2 that protrudes from the main functional portion 210.
  • the tab portion 220 can refer to the protruding structure located on the edge of the aforementioned negative electrode current collector 10
  • the main functional portion 210 can include the portion of the negative electrode current collector 10 excluding the protruding structure and the negative electrode active material layer 20.
  • the tab portion 220 can refer to the protruding structure located on the edge of the aforementioned positive electrode current collector 10, and the main functional portion 210 can include the portion of the positive electrode current collector 10 excluding the protruding structure and the positive electrode active material layer 20.
  • the edge of the second electrode 2 is die-cut to obtain the electrode tab 220 and the main functional part 210.
  • burrs are easily generated on the end face of the main functional part 210 facing the electrode tab 220.
  • the projection of the end face of the main functional part 210 near the tab 220 falls within the projection of the first insulating part 41 or the projection of the second insulating part 42.
  • the insulating member 40 can prevent the burrs at the end face of the main functional part 210 of the second electrode 2 near the tab 220 from piercing the separator 3 and connecting with the first electrode 1, thereby reducing the risk of short circuit between the first electrode 1 and the second electrode 2 and improving the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the second insulating portion 42 is connected to the first electrode 1.
  • the second insulating part 42 can be connected to the metal layer 12, the conductive member 30, or the active material layer 20.
  • the second insulating part 42 can be connected to the first electrode 1 by means of bonding or attaching.
  • the second insulating part 42 is connected to the first electrode 1, and the second insulating part 42 can be fixed, thereby stably blocking burrs, metal debris and other components, which helps to reduce the short circuit risk of the battery cell 100 and improve the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the second insulating part 42 includes an insulating base layer 423 and an adhesive layer 424, which is bonded between the insulating base layer 423 and the first electrode 1.
  • the second insulating part 42 adopts a tape structure; the insulating base layer 423 may refer to the main body of the second insulating part 42, and the adhesive layer 424 may refer to the adhesive covering the surface of the insulating base layer 423.
  • the material of the insulating base layer 423 includes at least one of polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polypropylene, polyethylene, and their block copolymers.
  • the material of the adhesive layer 424 includes at least one of polyacrylate, styrene-butadiene rubber, polyisobutylene, or butyl rubber.
  • the second insulating part 42 adopts the structure of tape.
  • the tape is easy to cover completely, which helps to reduce the risk of missed coverage and the risk of internal short circuit in the battery cell 100.
  • the insulating base layer 423 can improve the structural strength of the second insulating part 42, reduce the deformation of the second insulating part 42 during the bonding process, and help to improve the insulation effect.
  • the adhesive layer 424 can stably fix the insulating base layer 423 on the first electrode 1, reducing the risk of the insulating tape falling off.
  • the thickness of the insulating base layer 423 ranges from 6 ⁇ m to 15 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the insulating base layer 423 is T1 , 6 ⁇ m ⁇ T1 ⁇ 15 ⁇ m .
  • T1 can be 6 ⁇ m, 15 ⁇ m, or any value between 6 ⁇ m and 15 ⁇ m.
  • the value of T1 can be, but is not limited to, 6 ⁇ m, 7 ⁇ m, 8 ⁇ m, 9 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 11 ⁇ m, 12 ⁇ m, 13 ⁇ m, 14 ⁇ m, 15 ⁇ m, and 16 ⁇ m.
  • T1 ⁇ 6 ⁇ m ensures that the insulating base layer 423 has a certain thickness to block burrs and achieve insulation; the design of T1 ⁇ 15 ⁇ m ensures that the thickness of the insulating base layer 423 is not too large, which is beneficial to reducing the volume occupied by the second insulating part 42 and improving the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • both the internal insulation and energy density of the battery cell 100 can be taken into account.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer 424 ranges from 0.5 ⁇ m to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer 424 is T2 , 0.5 ⁇ m ⁇ T2 ⁇ 3 ⁇ m .
  • T2 can be 0.3 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, or any value between 0.3 ⁇ m and 3 ⁇ m.
  • the value of T2 can be, but is not limited to, 0.3 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 1.5 ⁇ m, 2 ⁇ m, 2.5 ⁇ m, and 3 ⁇ m.
  • T 2 ⁇ 0.5 ⁇ m ensures that the adhesive layer 424 has a certain thickness, which allows the second insulating part 42 to be stably bonded to the first electrode 1, and the insulation reliability of the second insulating part 42 is good.
  • the design of T 2 ⁇ 3 ⁇ m ensures that the thickness of the adhesive layer 424 is not too large, which helps to reduce the volume occupied by the second insulating part 42 and improve the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the insulation reliability and energy density of the battery cell 100 can be simultaneously taken into account.
  • the thickness of the insulating base layer 423 ranges from 6 ⁇ m to 15 ⁇ m; the thickness of the adhesive layer 424 ranges from 0.5 ⁇ m to 3 ⁇ m.
  • the insulation reliability and energy density of the battery cell 100 can be simultaneously taken into account.
  • the dimension of the insulating member 40 along the first direction is S, wherein 3mm ⁇ S ⁇ 9mm.
  • the insulating member 40 includes a second insulating portion 42, where S is equal to the dimension of the second insulating portion 42 along the first direction.
  • the insulating element 40 includes a second insulating portion 42 and a first insulating portion 41, where S is equal to the overall dimension of the second insulating portion 42 and the insulating coating along the first direction.
  • 3mm ⁇ S ⁇ 9mm can be 3mm, 9mm, or any value between 3mm and 9mm.
  • the value of S can be, but is not limited to, 3mm, 4mm, 4.5mm, 5mm, 6mm, 6.5mm, 7mm, 8mm, and 9mm.
  • the design with S ⁇ 3mm ensures that the insulating member 40 has a certain size along the first direction, which is beneficial to the internal insulation of the battery cell 100; the design with S ⁇ 9mm ensures that the size S of the insulating member 40 along the first direction is not too large, which is beneficial to reducing the volume occupied by the insulating member 40 and improving the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the insulation reliability and energy density of the battery cell 100 can be simultaneously taken into account.
  • the electrode assembly 101 includes a second electrode 2 with a polarity opposite to that of the first electrode 1.
  • the second electrode 2 includes a main functional portion 210 and an electrode tab 220.
  • the electrode tab 220 protrudes from the main functional portion 210 in a first direction. In the direction from the conductive main portion 13 to the conductive portion 14, the main functional portion 210 protrudes from the end face of the conductive portion 14 facing away from the conductive main portion 13.
  • the burrs at the end face of the main functional part 210 of the second electrode 2 facing the tab 220 correspond to the hollow area where the metal layer 12 does not extend out of the second connecting part 32, which can also reduce the short circuit risk of the battery cell 100 and improve the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the distance between the first solder mark 51 and the active material layer 20 is S1 , wherein 0.5mm ⁇ S1 ⁇ 5mm .
  • the design with S1 ⁇ 0.3mm ensures that there is a gap between the first solder mark 51 and the active material layer 20, preventing the conductive component 30 from being soldered onto the active material layer 20 and reducing the risk of problems such as poor soldering.
  • the design with S1 ⁇ 5mm ensures that the gap between the first solder mark 51 and the active material layer 20 is not too large, which is beneficial to increasing the coverage area of the active material layer 20 on the metal layer 12 and improving the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the value of S1 can be 0.3mm, 5mm, or any value between 0.3mm and 5mm.
  • the value of S1 can be, but is not limited to, 0.3mm, 0.5mm, 1mm, 2mm, 2.5mm, 2.8mm, 3mm, 4mm, or 5mm.
  • the design of 0.3mm ⁇ S 1 ⁇ 5mm ensures that the first solder mark 51 will not be soldered to the active material layer 20, reducing problems such as poor soldering and improving the connection reliability between the first connection part 31 and the metal layer 12.
  • the small distance between the active material layer 20 and the first solder mark 51 allows the active material layer 20 to be closer to the first solder mark 51. Therefore, with a fixed size of the metal layer 12 in the first direction, the active material layer 20 can cover a larger area, which is beneficial to improving the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the design of 0.5mm ⁇ S 1 ⁇ 2.8mm makes the distance between the active material layer 20 and the first solder mark 51 more reasonable, which can better balance the connection reliability of the conductive component 30 and the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the first solder mark 51 and the first connection portion 31 are spaced apart from each other at their end faces toward the active material layer 20.
  • the first electrode 1 is a positive electrode, and there is a gap between the first solder mark 51 and the active material layer 20.
  • This gap can be used to provide space between the conductive component 30 and the active material layer 20, so as to reduce the risk of lithium plating caused by contact between the conductive component 30 and the active material layer 20.
  • it can also provide space between the first solder mark 51 and the end face of the first connection portion 31 facing the active material layer 20, so that the first solder mark 51 will not extend to the end face of the first connection portion 31 facing the active material layer 20, reducing the risk of being welded through or cracked at the end face of the first connection portion 31 facing the active material layer 20. This is beneficial to reduce the burrs generated by welding and improve the reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the first electrode 1 is a negative electrode, and there is a gap between the first solder mark 51 and the active material layer 20.
  • This gap provides space between the first solder mark 51 and the end face of the first connection portion 31 facing the active material layer 20, so that the second solder mark 52 does not extend to the end face of the first connection portion 31 facing the active material layer 20.
  • the conductive component 30 may or may not be connected to the active material layer 20.
  • the distance between the first solder mark 51 and the end face of the first connection portion 31 facing the active material layer 20 is S2 , wherein 0.3mm ⁇ S2 ⁇ 1.2mm .
  • the design with S 2 ⁇ 1.2mm ensures that there is a gap between the first solder mark 51 and the end face of the first connection portion 31 facing the active material layer 20, so that the first solder mark 51 will not extend to the end face of the first connection portion 31 facing the active material layer 20, reducing the risk of the end face of the first connection portion 31 facing the active material layer 20 being soldered through or cracked; the design with S 2 ⁇ 1.2mm ensures that the gap between the first solder mark 51 and the end face of the first connection portion 31 facing the active material layer 20 is not too large, which is beneficial to increasing the coverage area of the active material layer 20 on the metal layer 12, and is beneficial to increasing the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the value of S2 can be 0.3mm, 1.2mm, or any value between 0.3mm and 1.2mm.
  • the value of S2 can be, but is not limited to, 0.3mm, 0.6mm, 0.8mm, 1mm, or 1.2mm.
  • the reliability and energy density of the battery cell 100 can be well balanced.
  • the conductive portion 14 has a size of W4
  • the conductive body portion 13 has a size of W5 , wherein 0.01 ⁇ W4 / W5 ⁇ 0.8.
  • the dimension W5 of the conductive body portion 13 can be the width of the conductive body portion 13.
  • W 4 / W 5 can be 0.01, 0.8, or any value between 0.01 and 0.8; for example, the value of W 4 / W 5 can be, but is not limited to, 0.01, 0.02, 0.05, 0.08, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, and 0.8.
  • the design of 0.01 ⁇ W 4 /W 5 ⁇ 0.8 makes the ratio of the size of the conductive part 14 to the size of the conductive body part 13 along the first direction reasonable, which can improve the overcurrent capacity at the conductive part 14, improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the size of the conductive part 14 along the first direction is not too large, which is conducive to reducing the space occupied and weight of the conductive part 14, and is conducive to improving the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the design of 0.05 ⁇ W4 / W5 ⁇ 0.6 makes the ratio of the size of the conductive part 14 to the size of the conductive body part 13 along the first direction more reasonable, which can improve the overcurrent capacity at the conductive part 14 and improve the fast charging performance of the battery cell 100.
  • the size of the conductive part 14 is not too large along the first direction, which helps to reduce the space and weight occupied by the conductive part 14 and improve the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the thickness of the conductive body 13 is t1
  • the maximum thickness of the conductive part 14 is t4 , wherein 0.2 ⁇ m ⁇ t4 - t1 ⁇ 4.5 ⁇ m .
  • the maximum thickness t4 of the conductive portion 14 may be equal to the thickness of the second conductive portion 142.
  • t4 - t1 can be the difference in thickness between the conductive part 14 and the conductive body part 13, to characterize the degree of thickening of the conductive part 14.
  • 0.2 ⁇ m ⁇ t4 -t1 ⁇ 4.5 ⁇ m which means that the value of t4 -t1 can be 0.2 ⁇ m, 4.5 ⁇ m, or any value between 0.2 ⁇ m and 4.5 ⁇ m; for example, the value of t4 -t1 can be, but is not limited to, 0.2 ⁇ m, 0.3 ⁇ m, 0.1 ⁇ m, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 1.5 ⁇ m, 1.75 ⁇ m, 2 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, 4 ⁇ m, and 4.5 ⁇ m.
  • the design of 0.2 ⁇ m ⁇ t4 - t1 ⁇ 4.5 ⁇ m ensures that the difference between the maximum thickness of the conductive part 14 and the thickness of the conductive body part 13 is within a reasonable range. This can improve the overcurrent capacity at the conductive part 14, enhance the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100, and prevent the thickness of the conductive part 14 from being too large, thereby reducing the space and weight occupied by the conductive part 14 and improving the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the design of 0.3 ⁇ m ⁇ t4 - t1 ⁇ 1.75 ⁇ m ensures that the difference between the maximum thickness of the conductive part 14 and the thickness of the conductive body 13 is within a more reasonable range. This can improve the overcurrent capacity at the conductive part 14, enhance the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100, and prevent the thickness of the conductive part 14 from being too large, thereby reducing the space and weight occupied by the conductive part 14 and improving the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the thickness of the conductive body portion 13 is t1
  • the maximum thickness of the conductive portion 14 is t4 , wherein 1 ⁇ t1 / t4 ⁇ 4 , and optionally, 1.5 ⁇ t1 / t4 ⁇ 2.5.
  • t1 / t4 can be the ratio of the thickness of the conductive part 14 to the thickness of the conductive body part 13, or it can characterize the degree of thickening of the conductive part 14.
  • t1 / t4 can be 4 or any value between 1 and 4; for example, the value of t1 / t4 can be, but is not limited to, 1.1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4.
  • the ratio of the maximum thickness of the conductive part 14 to the thickness of the conductive body part 13 is within a reasonable range, which can improve the overcurrent capacity at the conductive part 14, improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the thickness of the conductive part 14 is not too large, which is conducive to reducing the space and weight occupied by the conductive part 14 and improving the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the ratio of the maximum thickness of the conductive part 14 to the thickness of the conductive body part 13 is within a more reasonable range. This can improve the overcurrent capacity at the conductive part 14, improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100, and prevent the thickness of the conductive part 14 from being too large, which is beneficial to reducing the space and weight occupied by the conductive part 14 and improving the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the thickness of the conductive portion 14 is t 4 , wherein 1 ⁇ m ⁇ t 4 ⁇ 5 ⁇ m.
  • 1 ⁇ m ⁇ t 4 ⁇ 5 ⁇ m which means that the value of t 4 can be 1 ⁇ m, 5 ⁇ m, or any value between 1 ⁇ m and 5 ⁇ m; for example, the value of t 4 can be, but is not limited to, 1 ⁇ m, 1.1 ⁇ m, 1.2 ⁇ m, 1.5 ⁇ m, 2 ⁇ m, 2.5 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, 3.5 ⁇ m, 4 ⁇ m, and 5 ⁇ m.
  • the design of 1 ⁇ m ⁇ t 4 ⁇ 5 ⁇ m results in a reasonable thickness design for the conductive part 14, which can improve the overcurrent capacity at the conductive part 14, improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100, and the thickness of the conductive part 14 is not too large, which helps to reduce the space occupied and weight of the conductive part 14, and helps to improve the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the design of 1.2 ⁇ m ⁇ t 4 ⁇ 3.5 ⁇ m makes the thickness design of the conductive part 14 more reasonable, which can improve the overcurrent capacity at the conductive part 14, improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the thickness of the conductive part 14 is not too large, which helps to reduce the space occupied and weight of the conductive part 14, and helps to improve the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the conductive portion 14 includes a first main body segment 143 and a first transition segment 144, the first transition segment 144 being connected between the first main body segment 143 and the conductive main body 13, the thickness of the first transition segment 144 being greater than the thickness of the conductive main body 13; the thickness of the first main body segment 143 being greater than the thickness of the first transition segment 144; and at least a portion of the first transition segment 144 being covered with an active material layer 20.
  • the first main body segment 143 may be the main body of the conductive part 14.
  • the first main body segment 143 is generally of equal thickness.
  • the first transition segment 144 may be the part of the conductive part 14 connected between the first main body segment 143 and the conductive main body 13.
  • the first main body segment 143 may include the second conductive part 142 and the second segment mentioned above.
  • the first transition segment 144 may be the first segment mentioned above.
  • the first transition section 144 may be partially or completely covered by the active substance layer 20.
  • the thickness of the first transition section 144 is progressively increased along the direction from the conductive body portion 13 to the conductive portion 14.
  • the stress concentration of the metal layer 12 can be reduced better, the risk of cracks in the metal layer 12 during molding can be reduced better, the overcurrent capacity of the conductive part 14 can be improved, the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100 can be improved, and the processing and manufacturing can be facilitated.
  • the size of the first transition segment 144 along the first direction is W6 , wherein 4mm ⁇ W6 ⁇ 50mm , and optionally, 5mm ⁇ W6 ⁇ 34mm .
  • 4mm ⁇ W 6 ⁇ 50mm which means that the value of W 6 can be 4mm, 50 ⁇ m, or any value between 4mm and 50 ⁇ m; for example, the value of W 6 can be, but is not limited to, 4mm, 5mm, 8mm, 10mm, 20mm, 25mm, 30mm, 33mm, 34mm, 37mm, 40mm, 45mm, and 50mm.
  • the design of 5mm ⁇ W 6 ⁇ 34mm makes the size design of the first transition section 144 along the first direction more reasonable. This can reduce the stress concentration of the metal layer 12, reduce the risk of cracks during the molding process of the metal layer 12, improve the current carrying capacity of the conductive part 14, improve the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100, and facilitate the processing and manufacturing.
  • the size of the first transition section 144 along the first direction is not too large, reducing the space and weight occupied by the conductive part 14, which is beneficial to improving the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the first electrode 1 further includes a conductive protective layer 60, at least a portion of which is located between the active material layer 20 and the metal layer 12.
  • a portion of the conductive protective layer 60 is located between the active material layer 20 and the metal layer 12, and another portion covers the metal layer 12 and protrudes beyond the active material layer 20; for example, a portion of the conductive protective layer 60 covers the conductive body portion 13 and the first conductive portion 141, and another portion of the conductive protective layer 60 covers a portion of the second conductive portion 142 near the first conductive portion 141.
  • the conductive protective layer 60 may contain conductive carbon black and a binder. On the one hand, it acts as a buffer and lubricant between the active material and the metal layer, which can alleviate the damage to the metal layer 12 caused by the particles in the active material layer 20 during the rolling process of the first electrode 1. On the other hand, the conductive carbon black can reduce the contact resistance between the particles and the metal layer 12, which is beneficial to improving the performance of the battery cell 100.
  • the conductive protective layer 60 protrudes from the active material layer 20.
  • the conductive protective layer 60 can completely separate the metal layer 12 and the active material layer 20. In addition, it can provide an epitaxial space for the active material layer 20 during the rolling process, which is beneficial for the subsequent conductive protective layer 60 to completely separate the metal layer 12 and the active material layer 20.
  • the design with S 3 ⁇ 0.3mm allows the conductive protective layer 60 to completely separate the active material layer 20 and the metal layer 12.
  • the conductive protective layer 60 provides good protection for the metal layer 12, and the first electrode 1 has better overcurrent capacity, which is beneficial to improving the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery cell 100.
  • the design with S 3 ⁇ 0.8mm prevents the conductive protective layer 60 from being too large and taking up too much space, which helps to save internal space in the battery cell 100 and improve the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the overcurrent capacity and energy density of the battery cell 100 can be well balanced.
  • the conductive protective layer 60 is spaced apart from the first connection portion 31, and the first insulating portion 41 covers the portion of the conductive protective layer 60 located between the first connection portion 31 and the active material layer 20.
  • the thickness of the second protective part 62 is less than the thickness of the first protective part 61, which is beneficial to reduce the sum of the thicknesses of the first protective part 61 and the conductive body part 13 to be close to the sum of the thicknesses of the second protective part 62 and the conductive part 14. This is beneficial to make the surface of the conductive protective part facing away from the metal layer 12 closer to the plane, thereby reducing rolling damage and improving the flow capacity of the metal layer 12. In addition, it can also reduce the problem of winding bulging of the current collector 10.
  • the thickness of the second transition section 622 is less than the thickness of the first protective section 61; the thickness of the second main body section 621 is less than the thickness of the second transition section 622, so that the second main body section 621 and the second transition section 622 can compensate for the thickness difference between the first main body section 143 and the first transition section 144, thereby facilitating the surface of the second protective section 62 facing away from the metal layer 12 to approach the plane.
  • the thickness of the first transition section 144 increases and the thickness of the second transition section 622 decreases in the direction from the conductive body 13 to the conductive section 14.
  • the thickness of the first transition section 144 increases in a stepped manner, while the thickness of the corresponding second transition section 622 decreases in a stepped manner, and the absolute values of the thickness change ranges of the two are the same or nearly the same.
  • the thickness of the first transition section 144 increases slowly, while the thickness of the corresponding second transition section 622 decreases slowly, and the absolute values of the thickness change ranges of the two are the same or nearly the same.
  • the thickness variation of the second protective part 62 is adapted to the thickness of the conductive part 14.
  • the thickness variation of the second protective part 62 better compensates for the thickness variation of the conductive part 14, and is more conducive to the surface of the second protective part 62 facing away from the metal layer 12 approaching flatness. This surface helps reduce rolling damage and improves the flow capacity of the metal layer 12; in addition, it can also reduce the problem of winding bulging of the current collector 10.
  • the thickness of the second main body segment 621 is t5
  • the thickness of the first protective part 61 is t6 , wherein 0.03 ⁇ t5 / t6 ⁇ 0.95.
  • t5 / t6 can refer to the ratio of the thickness of the second main body segment 621 to the thickness of the first protective part 61, which can characterize the degree of thinning of the second main body segment 621 relative to the first protective part 61.
  • t5 / t6 can be 0.03, 0.95, or any value between 0.03 and 0.95.
  • the value of t5 / t6 can be, but is not limited to, 0.03, 0.1, 0.125, 0.15, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, and 0.95.
  • the design of 0.03 ⁇ t5 / t6 ⁇ 0.95 results in a reasonable degree of thinning of the conductive protective layer 60, which can be well matched with the degree of thickening of the conductive part 14. This is beneficial for the surface of the second protective part 62 facing away from the metal layer 12 to approach a plane, which helps to reduce rolling damage and improve the current carrying capacity of the metal layer 12.
  • the design of 0.03 ⁇ t5 / t6 ⁇ 0.95 makes the thinning degree of the conductive protective layer 60 more reasonable and better matches the thickening degree of the conductive part 14. This is beneficial for the surface of the second protective part 62 facing away from the metal layer 12 to approach the plane, which helps to reduce rolling damage and improve the flow capacity of the metal layer 12.
  • the thickness of the second body segment 621 is t5 , wherein 0.5 ⁇ m ⁇ t5 ⁇ 4 ⁇ m .
  • 0.5 ⁇ m ⁇ t 5 ⁇ 4 ⁇ m which means that the value of t 5 can be 0.5 ⁇ m, 4 ⁇ m, or any value between 0.5 ⁇ m and 4 ⁇ m; for example, the value of t 5 can be, but is not limited to, 0.5 ⁇ m, 1 ⁇ m, 1.5 ⁇ m, 2 ⁇ m, 2.5 ⁇ m, 3 ⁇ m, 4 ⁇ m, and 5 ⁇ m.
  • the setting of 0.5 ⁇ m ⁇ t 5 ⁇ 4 ⁇ m makes the second main body segment 621 have a certain thickness, thereby reducing the risk of cracking of the metal layer 12; in addition, the second main body segment 621 will not protrude from the first protective part 61 away from the metal layer 12 due to excessive thickness, and the material accumulation can also be reduced, thus reducing the manufacturing cost.
  • 1 ⁇ m ⁇ t5 ⁇ 2 ⁇ m In some embodiments, 1 ⁇ m ⁇ t5 ⁇ 2 ⁇ m .
  • the setting of 1 ⁇ m ⁇ t 5 ⁇ 2 ⁇ m makes the second main body segment 621 have a more reasonable thickness, thereby better reducing the risk of cracking of the metal layer 12 and the manufacturing cost.
  • the insulating substrate 11 includes a first insulating base 111 and a second insulating base 112, a conductive main body 13 covers the first insulating base 111, and a conductive part 14 covers the second insulating base 112; the thickness of the conductive main body 13 is t1 , the thickness of the conductive part 14 is t4 , the thickness of the first protective part 61 is t6 , the minimum thickness of the second protective part 62 is t7 , the thickness of the first insulating base 111 is t8 , and the thickness of the second insulating base 112 is t9 , wherein -4 ⁇ m ⁇ ( t1 + t6 + t8 /2)-( t4 + t7 + t9 /2) ⁇ 4 ⁇ m.
  • the insulating substrate 11 is divided into two parts: the part covering the conductive main body 13 is the first insulating substrate 111, and the part covering the conductive part 14 is the second insulating substrate 112.
  • the insulating substrate 11 can be generally of uniform thickness, with the thickness t8 of the first insulating substrate 11 being equal to the thickness t9 of the second insulating substrate 112.
  • the insulating substrate 11 can also have a stepped structure, with the thickness t8 of the first insulating substrate 11 being greater than or less than the thickness t9 of the second insulating substrate 112.
  • the second protective portion 62 is generally of uniform thickness, and the minimum thickness t 7 of the second protective portion 62 is equal to the thickness of the second protective portion 62.
  • the thickness of the second protective portion 62 gradually decreases, and the minimum thickness t 7 of the second protective portion 62 is equal to the thickness of the end of the second protective portion 62 away from the first protective portion 61.
  • the minimum thickness t 7 of the second protective portion 62 is equal to the thickness t 5 of the second main body segment 621.
  • t1 + t6 + t8 /2 can refer to half the thickness of the current collector 10 at the conductive body 13; t4 + t7 + t9 /2 can refer to half the thickness of the current collector 10 at the conductive part 14.
  • the design of -4 ⁇ m ⁇ ( t1 + t6 + t8 /2)-( t4 + t7 + t9 /2) ⁇ 4 ⁇ m makes the thickness of half the current collector 10 at the conductive body 13 and half the thickness of the current collector 10 at the conductive part 14 not much different.
  • the design of -2 ⁇ m ⁇ ( t1 + t6 + t8 /2)-( t2 + t7 + t8 /2) ⁇ 2 ⁇ m makes the thickness of half the current collector 10 at the conductive body 13 and the thickness of half the current collector 10 at the conductive part 14 closer. This is more conducive to the conductive protective layer 60 having a near-plane surface on the surface facing away from the metal layer 12, which helps to reduce rolling damage and improve the current carrying capacity of the metal layer 12.
  • the thickness of the second insulating base 112 is less than the thickness of the first insulating base 111.
  • the thickness of the second insulating base 112 is less than the thickness of the first insulating base 111, so that the sum of the thicknesses of the second insulating base 112 and the conductive portion 14 is close to the sum of the thicknesses of the first insulating base 111 and the conductive main body portion 13.
  • This is beneficial for the surface of the metal layer 12 facing away from the insulating base 11 to have a near-plane shape, which is beneficial for reducing rolling damage and improving the current carrying capacity of the metal layer 12.
  • the housing 200 includes a housing 202 and an end cap 201.
  • the end cap 201 covers the opening of the housing 202.
  • the housing 202 and the end cap 201 surround and form a receiving cavity.
  • the electrode assembly 101 is received in the receiving cavity.
  • At least one of the housing 202 and the end cap 201 is provided with an electrode lead-out portion 2011.
  • the electrode lead-out portion 2011 may be provided on the housing 202 or on the end cover 201, or both the end cover 201 and the housing 202 may be provided with the electrode lead-out portion 2011.
  • the outer casing 200 adopts the structure of end cap 201 and housing 202, and the electrode assembly 101 can be easily installed into the outer casing 200, which facilitates the assembly of the battery cell 100 and helps to reduce manufacturing costs.
  • the capacity of the battery cell 100 is greater than or equal to 20 A ⁇ h.
  • the capacity of the battery cell 100 is greater than or equal to 20 Ah.
  • the battery cell 100 has a high capacity, which requires better overcurrent capacity and reliability of the electrode plates inside the battery cell 100.
  • the metal layer 12 adopts a thickened structure of conductive part 14, which can better meet the usage requirements of the battery cell 100 with a capacity greater than or equal to 20 Ah.
  • the first electrode 1 is a positive electrode
  • the active material of the active material layer 20 contains Ni (nickel) element.
  • Ni nickel
  • Adding Ni (nickel) to the active material layer 20 can increase the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the burrs of the current collector 10 may puncture the separator and short-circuit with the negative electrode, making the battery cell 100 prone to thermal runaway.
  • the active material of the active material layer 20 contains Ni (nickel) element, which can improve the energy density of the battery cell 100.
  • the positive electrode adopts the structure of the first electrode 1 described above, and the current collector 10 of the first electrode 1 adopts the structure of the composite current collector 10, which can reduce the risk of internal short circuit of the battery cell 100 and reduce the risk of thermal runaway of the battery cell 100.
  • the material of the metal layer 12 includes one or more of aluminum, aluminum alloy, copper, copper alloy, nickel, nickel alloy, titanium, titanium alloy, silver, and silver alloy.
  • the metal layer 12 uses the above-mentioned material, which is beneficial to improving the performance of the battery cell 100.
  • the battery cell 100 of this application will be described below with reference to some embodiments.
  • the battery cell 100 includes an end cap 201, a housing 202, and an electrode assembly 101.
  • the electrode assembly 101 is installed at the housing 202, and the end cap 201 covers the opening of the housing 202 to seal the housing 202.
  • the electrode assembly 101 includes a first electrode 1, a second electrode 2, and a separator 3 wound together.
  • the separator 3 is located between the first electrode 1 and the second electrode 2.
  • the first electrode 1 and the second electrode 2 have opposite polarities.
  • the first electrode 1 can be a positive electrode and the second electrode 2 can be a negative electrode, or the first electrode 1 can be a negative electrode and the second electrode 2 can be a positive electrode.
  • the end cap 201 is provided with an electrode lead-out portion 2011.
  • the first electrode 1 includes a current collector 10, an active material layer 20, and a conductive member 30.
  • the current collector 10 includes an insulating substrate 11 and a metal layer 12.
  • the insulating substrate 11, the metal layer 12, and the active material layer 20 are stacked along the thickness direction of the current collector 10. At least a portion of the metal layer 12 is located between the insulating substrate 11 and the active material layer 20.
  • the metal layer 12 includes a conductive main body portion 13 and a conductive portion 14 extending from the conductive main body portion 13 along a first direction. The thickness of the conductive portion 14 is greater than the thickness of the conductive main body portion 13.
  • the conductive portion 14 includes a first conductive portion 141 and a second conductive portion 142, with the first conductive portion 141 connected between the second conductive portion 142 and the conductive main body portion 13;
  • the active material layer 20 includes a first active material portion 21 and a second active material portion 22 connected together, with the thickness of the first active material portion 21 being less than the thickness of the second active material portion 22, a portion of the first active material portion 21 and the second active material portion 22 covering the first conductive portion 141, and another portion of the second active material portion 22 covering the conductive main body portion 13.
  • the second conductive portion 142 includes a transition portion 1422 and a plurality of protrusions 1421 spaced apart along a second direction.
  • the transition portion 1422 is connected between the protrusions 1421 and the first conductive portion 141.
  • the protrusions 1421 include a first protruding sub-part 14211 and a second protruding sub-part 14212.
  • the first protruding sub-part 14211 is connected between the second protruding sub-part 14212 and the transition portion 1422.
  • the size of the first protruding sub-part 14211 is larger than the size of the second protruding sub-part 14212.
  • the first connecting portion 31 of the conductive member 30 is welded to the first protruding sub-portion 14211 and connected to the second protruding sub-portion 14212 to form a first solder mark 511.
  • the second connecting portion 32 of the conductive member 30 is welded to the electrode lead-out portion 2011, and the first solder mark 511 forms a first solder mark 51.
  • the electrode assembly 101 further includes an insulating member 40, which includes a first insulating portion 41 that covers the end of the second protruding sub-portion 14212 near the active material layer 20 and the transition portion 1422.
  • first connecting portion 31 of the conductive member 30 is welded to the surface of the protrusion 1421 facing away from the insulating substrate 11 to form a first solder mark 511
  • second connecting portion 32 of the conductive member 30 is welded to the transition portion 1422 to form a second solder mark 512.
  • the second solder mark 512 and the first solder mark 511 together form the first solder mark 51.
  • one side of the second insulating portion 42 of the insulating member 40 covers the first solder mark 51 and the second solder mark 52, and the other side of the second insulating portion 42 of the insulating member 40 covers the first insulating portion 41.
  • the insulating member 40 includes a second insulating part 42, one side of the second insulating part 42 covers the first solder mark 51, and the other side of the second insulating part 42 covers the first active material part 21 of the active material layer 20.
  • a battery device 1100 is provided, including the battery cell 100 of the above embodiment.
  • the battery device 1100 of this application embodiment adopts the above-mentioned battery cell 100.
  • the battery cell 100 has good fast charging performance and reliability, which is beneficial to improving the fast charging performance and reliability of the battery device 1100, and also beneficial to improving the reliability of the battery device 1100.
  • an electrical device including a battery device 1100 as described in the above embodiments.
  • the power device in this application embodiment uses the battery device 1100 described above.
  • the battery device 1100 has good fast charging performance and good reliability, which is beneficial to improving the battery life of the power device and also to improving the reliability of the power device.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Electrochemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Battery Electrode And Active Subsutance (AREA)
  • Connection Of Batteries Or Terminals (AREA)
  • Secondary Cells (AREA)

Abstract

一种电池单体（100）、电池装置（1100）及用电装置，该电池单体（100）包括外壳（200）和电极组件（101），外壳（200）设有电极引出部（2011）；电极组件（101）设于外壳（200）内；电极组件（101）包括第一极片（1），第一极片（1）包括集流体（10）和活性物质层（20），集流体（10）包括绝缘基体（11）和金属层（12），绝缘基体（11）、金属层（12）和活性物质层（20）沿集流体（10）的厚度方向层叠设置，金属层（12）的至少部分位于绝缘基体（11）和活性物质层（20）之间；金属层（12）包括导电主体部（13）和从导电主体部（13）沿第一方向延伸的导电部（14），第一方向垂直于集流体（10）的厚度方向，导电主体部（13）的至少部分覆盖有活性物质层（20），导电部（14）的至少部分未覆盖有活性物质层（20），导电部（14）与电极引出部（2011）连接；导电部（14）的厚度大于导电主体部（13）的厚度。

Description

电池单体、电池装置及用电装置 技术领域
本申请属于电池快充技术领域，尤其涉及一种电池单体、电池装置及用电装置。
背景技术
电池单体广泛用于电子设备，例如手机、笔记本电脑、电瓶车、电动汽车、电动飞机、电动轮船、电动玩具汽车、电动玩具轮船、电动玩具飞机和电动工具等等。
电池装置包括一个或多个电池单体，以满足不同的电容量使用需求；但在电池单体的技术中，如何提升电池单体的快充性能，是一个重要研究方向。
上述的陈述仅用于提供与本申请有关的背景技术信息，而不必然地构成现有技术。
申请内容
本申请实施例的目的在于：提供一种电池单体、电池装置及用电装置，有利于提高电池单体的快充性能。
本申请实施例采用的技术方案是：
第一方面，在一些实施例中，提供了一种电池单体，该电池单体包括外壳和电极组件，外壳设有电极引出部；电极组件的至少部分设于外壳内；电极组件包括第一极片，第一极片包括集流体和活性物质层，集流体包括绝缘基体和金属层，绝缘基体、金属层和活性物质层沿集流体的厚度方向层叠设置，金属层的至少部分位于绝缘基体和活性物质层之间；其中，金属层包括导电主体部和从导电主体部沿第一方向延伸的导电部，第一方向垂直于集流体的厚度方向，导电主体部的至少部分覆盖有活性物质层，导电部的至少部分未覆盖有活性物质层，导电部与电极引出部连接；沿集流体的厚度方向，导电部的厚度大于导电主体部的厚度。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，在电池单体正常使用的情况下，电极引出部用于输入或输出电能，实现了电池单体的充电和放电；而与电极引出部连接的导电部的厚度大于导电主体部的厚度，提高了导电部的过流面积，提高导电部的过流能力，减少了电池单体的产热，有利于提高电池单体的充放电效率，提高电池单体的快充性能；另外，集流体采用绝缘基体和金属层的复合结构，金属层相对于纯金属的集流体而言，金属层的厚度小，集流体在制作过程中产生的毛刺较小，减少电池单体的内部短路风险，有利于提高电池单体的使用可靠性；故，本申请实施例的电池单体可较好地兼顾快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，导电部背离绝缘基体的表面相比导电主体部背离绝缘基体的表面更远离绝缘基体。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，导电部背向绝缘基体的表面相对于导电主体部背向绝缘基体凸出，可利用导电部背向绝缘基体的侧部空间，可减少绝缘基体在导电部处减薄而容纳导电部的风险，提高绝缘基体在导电部处的结构强度，提高集流体的结构强度，提高电池单体的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，导电部包括沿第一方向排列的第一导电部和第二导电部，第一导电部连接于第二导电部和导电主体部之间，第一导电部覆盖有活性物质层，第二导电部未覆盖有活性物质层，第二导电部与电极引出部连接。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，活性物质层覆盖于第一导电部，有利于提高活性物质层与第一导电部之间的电子传输能力，降低了活性物质层与第一导电部之间的电阻，有利于提高电池单体的快充性能；另外，导电主体部与第一导电部也覆盖有活性物质层，有利于提高了第一极片在第一导电部和导电主体部的交界处的电子传输能力，有利于减少第一极片的电阻，有利于提高电池单体的快充性能。
在一些实施例中，活性物质层包括沿第一方向排列的第一活性物质部和第二活性物质部，第一活性物质部与第二活性物质部相连，第一活性物质部的厚度小于第二活性物质部的厚度，第一活性物质部的至少部分覆盖于第一导电部，第二活性物质部的至少部分覆盖于导电主体部。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一活性物质部的设置，可减小活性物质层的边部受到的辊压力，减少活性物质层的边部开裂风险，另外，第一活性物质部的至少部分覆盖在第一导电部上，有利于减小第一极片在第一活性物质部处的整体厚度，也有利于减少活性物质层的边部压力，更进一步地减小活性物质层的边部开裂风险。
在一些实施例中，第一活性物质部背离绝缘基体的表面比第二活性物质部背离绝缘基体的表面更靠近绝缘基体。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，可减少第一活性物质部处受到的辊压力，有利于活性物质层的开裂 风险。
在一些实施例中，第二活性物质部覆盖第一导电部的一部分，第一活性物质部覆盖第一导电部的其他部分。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二活性物质部覆盖到第一导电部，第一导电部上覆盖的活性物质多，第一导电部与活性物质层之间的电子传输能力更好，有利于降低活性物质层与第一导电部之间的电阻，提高电池单体的快充能力。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一导电部被第二活性物质部覆盖的部分的尺寸为W1，第一导电部被第一活性物质部覆盖的部分的尺寸为W2，W1≥W2。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一导电部较大的一部分被第二活性物质部覆盖，第一导电部较小的一部分被第一活性物质部覆盖，使得第一导电部被覆盖的活性物质多，第一导电部与活性物质层之间的电子传输能力更好，有利于降低活性物质层与第一导电部之间的电阻，提高电池单体的快充能力。
在一些实施例中，导电主体部的厚度为t1，第一导电部的最大厚度为t2，第二活性物质部的厚度为t3，其中，0.002≤(t2-t1)/t3≤0.08；可选地，0.003≤(t2-t1)/t3≤0.06。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一导电部和导电主体部之间的厚度差与第二活性物质部的厚度的比值位于合理的范围，提高了活性物质层背向绝缘基体的表面的平整度，有利于提高第一极片的可制造性。
在一些实施例中，60μm≤t3≤250μm；可选地，80μm≤t3≤180μm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二活性物质部的厚度位于合适的范围内，活性物质层的体积设置合理，有利于提高电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性，也可减少活性物质层靠近导电层的区域中的离子脱出困难的风险，提高了电池单体的性能。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一导电部的尺寸为W3，导电部的尺寸为W4，其中，W3/W4≤0.4。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿第一方向，第一导电部的尺寸与导电部的尺寸的比值设置合理，方便了第二导电部与电极引出部连接，第一导电部和活性物质层之间具有较好的电子传输能力，有利于降低第一极片的电阻，提高电池单体的快充性能。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一导电部的尺寸为W3，导电部的尺寸为W4，其中，2mm≤W4-W3≤10mm，可选地，3mm≤W4-W3≤6mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿第一方向，第二导电部的尺寸位于合理范围内，方便了第二导电部与电极引出部连接，也可减少因第二导电部沿第一方向的尺寸过大而占用过多的空间，有利于提高电池单体的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一导电部的尺寸为W3，导电主体部的尺寸为W5，其中，W3/(W3+W5)≤0.45。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿第一方向，第一导电部的尺寸与第一导电部的尺寸和导电主体部的尺寸之和的比值位于合适的范围内，第一导电部可覆盖活性物质层，有利于降低第一极片的内阻，提高电池单体的快充能力；另外，沿第二方向，第一导电部不至于占用较多区域，而第一导电部的厚度大于导电主体部的厚度，也减少了第一极片在第一导电部处产生毛刺的风险，有利于提高电池单体的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一导电部的尺寸为W3，其中，10mm≤W3≤100mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿第一方向，第一导电部的尺寸位于合理的范围内，使得活性物质层与第一导电部之间具有较好的电子传输能力，另外，沿第二方向，第一导电部不至于占用较多区域，而第一导电部的厚度大于导电主体部的厚度，也减少了第一极片在第一导电部处产生毛刺的风险，有利于提高电池单体的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，第二导电部包括至少一个凸出部，凸出部与第一导电部连接，沿第二方向，凸出部的尺寸小于导电主体部的尺寸，第二方向垂直于集流体的厚度方向和第一方向。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿第二方向，凸出部的尺寸相对于导电主体部的尺寸小，凸出部容易随导电构件弯折而与电极引出部连接，方便加工制作，也有利于减小导电构件折弯后所占用的空间，有利于提高电池单体的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，凸出部包括第一凸出子部和第二凸出子部，第一凸出子部连接于第二凸出子部和第一导电部之间；沿第二方向，第一凸出子部的尺寸大于第二凸出子部的尺寸。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿第二方向，第一凸出子部大，第一凸出子部的过流面积大、过流能力强，有利于降低产热，有利于提高电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，凸出部的数量为多个，多个凸出部沿第二方向间隔设置，沿第二方向，所有凸出部的尺寸之和小于导电主体部的尺寸。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，多个凸出部沿第二方向间隔设置，有利于将导电主体部沿第二方向划分为多个区域，且一个区域可对应一个凸出部，各区域内的电子可经对应的凸出部传输至电极引出部上，使得导电主体部的电子分区域传输，各区域内的电子传输路径传输至对应的凸出部路径短，有利于减少电子的传输距离，降低第一极片的整体电阻，提高电池单体的快从性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，第二导电部还包括过渡部，过渡部连接于凸出部和第一导电部之间，沿第二方向，过渡部的尺寸大于所有凸出部的尺寸之和。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，过渡部的厚度大于导电主体部的厚度，且过渡部沿第二方向的尺寸大，过渡部的过流能力强，有利于降低产热，提高电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，沿第二方向，导电主体部的尺寸为L1，过渡部的尺寸为L2，0.8≤L2/L1≤1。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，0.8≤L2/L1≤1的设计，使得沿第二方向，过渡部的尺寸接近导电主体部的尺寸，过渡部的尺寸较大，过渡部的过流能力较好，有利于降低产热，提高电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，第一极片还包括导电构件，导电构件包括沿第一方向排列的第一连接部和第二连接部，第一连接部与第二连接部相连，第一连接部连接于第二导电部背向绝缘基体的表面，第二连接部位于第二导电部背向第一导电部的侧部，第二连接部与电极引出部连接。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二连接部凸出第二导电部外，可方便第二连接部与电极引出部连接，加工制作更为方便。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一连接部与活性物质层间隔设置。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一连接部不与活性物质层接触，可减少两者之间的相互影响，提高电池单体的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，第一连接部焊接于第二导电部背向绝缘基体的表面焊接并形成第一焊印。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一连接部与第二导电部焊接，导电构件与第二导电部采用焊接方式进行连接，便于第一极片的制作；另外，第二导电部的厚度小，而第二导电部背向绝缘基体的表面大，有利于提高第一连接部与第二导电部之间的焊接面积，提高第一连接部和第二导电部之间的过流面积，有利于提高第一极片的过流能力，提高电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性；同时，还可以减少第一连接部与第二导电部虚焊等问题的风险，有利于提高第二导电部与导电构件的连接可靠性，也有利于提高第一极片的过流能力，提高电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，第二导电部包括至少一个凸出部，凸出部与第一导电部连接，沿第二方向，凸出部的尺寸小于导电主体部的尺寸；第二方向垂直于集流体的厚度方向和第一方向；第一焊印包括第一焊印部，第一连接部焊接于凸出部背向绝缘基体的表面并形成第一焊印部。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一连接部与凸出部之间采用焊接方式进行连接，其连接方式简单，便于第一极片的制作；另外，第一连接部与凸出部之间可直接利用第一焊印部进行过流，有利于提高第一连接部和凸出部之间的过流能力。
在一些实施例中，凸出部包括第一凸出子部和第二凸出子部，第一凸出子部连接于第二凸出子部和第一导电部之间；沿第二方向，第一凸出子部的尺寸大于第二凸出子部的尺寸；第一焊印部包括第一焊印子部，第一连接部焊接于第一凸出子部并形成第一焊印子部；和/或，第一焊印部还包括第二焊印子部，第一连接部焊接于第二凸出子部背向绝缘基体的表面并形成第二焊印子部。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，焊接位置可灵活设置，以满足不同需求。
在一些实施例中，凸出部的数量为多个，多个凸出部沿第二方向间隔设置；第一连接部包括多个第一连接子部，多个第一连接子部沿第二方向间隔设置，第二连接部的数量为多个，各第一连接子部与各第二连接部一一对应连接；各第一连接子部一一对应地焊接于各凸出部背向绝缘基体的表面。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一连接部的多个第一连接子部沿第二方向间隔设置，相邻两个第一连接子部之间具有间隙，可减少第一连接部所需的材料，降低电池单体的制作成本。
在一些实施例中，第二导电部包括过渡部和至少一个凸出部，过渡部连接于第一导电部和凸出部之 间，沿第二方向，过渡部的尺寸大于所有凸出部的尺寸之和；第二方向垂直于集流体的厚度方向和第一方向，第一焊印还包括第二焊印部，第一连接部焊接于过渡部背向绝缘基体的表面并形成第二焊印部。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一连接部与过渡部之间采用焊接方式进行连接，其连接方式简单，有利于方便第一极片的制作；另外，沿第二方向，过渡部的尺寸大，过渡部的过流能力好，第一连接部与第一导电部之间可直接利用过渡部过流，这样可减少凸出部和过流部之间的过流压力，甚至无需凸出部过流，降低了产热风险，有利于提高电池单体的快充性能。
在一些实施例中，沿第二方向，过渡部的尺寸为L2，第二焊印部的尺寸为L3，0.8≤L3/L2≤1。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，0.8≤L3/L2≤1的设计，使得沿第二方向，第二焊印部的尺寸较大，有利于提高第一连接部与过渡部之间的焊接面积，提高第一连接部与过渡部连接处的过流能力，提高第一极片的过流能力，提高电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，凸出部的数量为多个，多个凸出部沿第二方向间隔设置；第一连接部包括第二连接子部和多个第一连接子部，多个第一连接子部沿第二方向间隔设置，各第一连接子部一一对应地覆盖于各凸出部；第二连接部的数量为多个，沿第一方向，各第一连接子部的一侧与各第二连接部一一对应连接，各第一连接子部的另一侧均连接于第二连接子部，第二连接子部沿第二方向连续设置；第二连接子部焊接于过渡部背向绝缘基体的表面。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二连接子部沿第二方向连续设置，可将多个第一连接子部连接为一个整体，第二连接子部可对第一连接子部起到良好的支撑作用，可减少第一连接子部折弯时到插入第一极片和第二极片之间的风险，减少短路风险，有利于提高电池单体的使用可靠性；另外，沿第二方向，第二连接子部的尺寸大，有利于提高第二连接子部与过渡部之间的焊接面积，有利于提高第一连接部与过渡部连接处的过流能力，提高第一极片的过流能力，提高电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，电极组件还包括绝缘件，绝缘件包括第一绝缘部，第一绝缘部覆盖于第二导电部背向绝缘基体的表面，整个第一绝缘部位于第一焊印与活性物质层之间。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一绝缘部可将第二导电部背向绝缘基体的表面与其他部件绝缘隔开，有利于提高电池单体的使用可靠性，也有利于减少第一连接部焊接到第一绝缘部上而造成的虚焊风险，提高第一连接部与第二导电部的连接可靠性，也有利于提高过流能力。
在一些实施例中，第一绝缘部位于第一连接部和活性物质层之间。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一绝缘部可对第二导电部位于第一连接部和活性物质层之间的部分起到支撑作用，可减少这部分在电池装置制作过程中出现的裂纹、断裂等损伤，有利于提高这部分的电子传输能力，提高电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性；另外，第一绝缘部也可实现这部分的绝缘，减少电池单体的短路风险，提高电池单体的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，绝缘件还包括第二绝缘部，第二绝缘部的至少部分覆盖于第一焊印。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一焊印的表面会产生尖端凸起、金属碎屑等部件，第二绝缘部覆盖于第一焊印的表面，可阻挡尖端凸起、金属碎屑与第二极片接触，减少电池单体的短路风险，提高电池单体的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第二绝缘部的一侧覆盖于第一焊印，第二绝缘部的另一侧覆盖第一绝缘部的至少部分区域。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二绝缘部和第一绝缘部共同覆盖在第二导电部，可实现双层绝缘，有利于降低电池单体的短路风险，有利于提高电池单体的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，电极组件还包括绝缘件，绝缘件包括第二绝缘部，第二绝缘部的至少部分覆盖于第一焊印。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一焊印的表面会产生尖端凸起、金属碎屑等部件，第二绝缘部覆盖于第一焊印的表面，可阻挡尖端凸起、金属碎屑与第二极片接触，减少电池单体的短路风险，提高电池单体的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第二绝缘部的一侧覆盖于第一焊印，第二绝缘部的另一侧覆盖于活性物质层的至少部分。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二绝缘部从第一焊印延伸至活性物质层上，第二绝缘部的覆盖面积广，绝缘效果好。
在一些实施例中，金属层的数量为两个，两个金属层设于绝缘基体沿集流体的厚度方向的相对两侧， 活性物质层的数量为两个，两个活性物质层分别覆盖于两个金属层；导电构件的数量为两个，两个导电构件的第一连接部分别焊接于两个金属层的第二导电部并形成两个第一焊印；绝缘件的数量为两个，两个绝缘件的第二绝缘部分别覆盖于两个第一焊印的至少部分。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，两个导电构件的第一连接部分别与位于绝缘基体相对两侧的金属层焊接，且两个导电构件的第二连接部位于第二导电部背向第一导电部的侧部，这样可利用两个导电构件的第二连接部将两个导电部直接连接，从而打破绝缘基体的绝缘限制，可有效地提高第一极片的导电能力，提高电池单体的快充性能，降低产热，提高电池单体的使用可靠性金属层。
在一些实施例中，第二绝缘部包括相连接的第一部分和第二部分，第一部分覆盖于第一焊印，沿导电主体部指向导电部的方向，第二部分凸出于第二导电部的侧面，第二部分位于第二连接部沿第二方向的侧部，其中，第二方向垂直于第一方向和集流体的厚度方向。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿导电主体部指向导电部的方向，第二导电部远离活性物质层的侧面处的金属碎屑等部件可位于两个绝缘件的第二部分之间，这样可减少金属碎屑掉入电极组件内的风险，有利于减少短路风险。
在一些实施例中，两个绝缘件的第二部分相贴合。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，两个绝缘件的第二部分相贴合后，可将第二导电部侧面处的金属碎屑等部件包覆，使得金属碎屑等部件不容易掉入电极组件内，可更好地减少电池单体，短路风险。
在一些实施例中，沿导电主体部朝向导电部的方向，两个导电构件的第二连接部焊接并形成第二焊印。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，两个导电构件的第二连接部焊接后，可将位于绝缘基体相对两侧的第二导电部连接，从而打破绝缘基体的绝缘限制，可有效地提高第一极片的导电能力，提高电池单体的快充性能，降低产热，提高电池单体的使用可靠性金属层。
在一些实施例中，第二绝缘部覆盖于第二焊印，沿导电主体部指向导电部的方向，第二绝缘部凸出于第二焊印背向导电主体部的边缘。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二绝缘部可将第二焊印完全覆盖，可阻挡第二焊印上的毛刺、金属碎屑等部件刺穿隔离件而与第二极片连接，减少短路风险，提高电池单体的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，电极组件包括与第一极片极性相反的第二极片，第二极片包括主体功能部和极耳部，极耳部沿第一方向凸出主体功能部；沿导电主体部指向导电部的方向，主体功能部凸出于绝缘件朝向活性物质层的端面，主体功能部不凸出于绝缘件远离活性物质层的端面。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，绝缘件可阻挡第二极片的主体功能部靠近极耳部的端面处的毛刺刺穿隔离件而与第一极片连接，减少第一极片和第二极片短路风险，有利于提高电池单体的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，电极组件包括与第一极片极性相反的第二极片，第二极片包括主体功能部和极耳部，极耳部沿第一方向凸出于主体功能部；沿导电主体部指向导电部的方向，主体功能部凸出于导电部背向导电主体部的端面。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二极片的主体功能部朝向极耳部的端面处的毛刺与金属层未延伸出第二连接部的镂空区相对应，也可减少电池单体的短路风险，提高电池单体的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，绝缘件覆盖于活性物质层的部分的尺寸为H，其中，0.2mm≤H≤1.0mm，可选地，0.3mm≤H≤0.8mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿第一方向，绝缘件覆盖于活性物质层的部分的尺寸合理，可同时兼顾阻挡活性物质层靠近导电部的端部处的毛刺和电池单体的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一焊印与活性物质层的间距为W，其中，0.5mm≤S1≤5mm，可选地，0.5mm≤S1≤2.8mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，使得第一焊印不会焊接到活性物质层上，减少虚焊等问题，有利于提高第一连接部与金属层的连接可靠性，另外，活性物质层与第一焊印的间距小，活性物质层可较为接近第一焊印，那么在金属层在第一方向的尺寸一定的情况下，活性物质层可覆盖的区域更多，有利于提高电池单体的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一焊印与第一连接部朝向活性物质层的端面之间的间距为S2，其中，0.3mm≤S2≤1.2mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，可较好地兼顾电池单体的使用可靠性和能量密度。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，导电部的尺寸为W4，导电主体部的尺寸为W5，其中，0.01≤W4/W5≤0.8；可选地，0.05≤W4/W5≤0.6。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿第一方向，导电部的尺寸与导电主体部的尺寸的比值设置合理，可提高导电部处的过流能力，提高电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性，另外，沿第一方向，导电部的尺寸不至于太大，有利于降低导电部的占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，导电主体部的厚度为t1，导电部的最大厚度为t4，其中，0.2μm≤t4-t1≤4.5μm，可选地，0.3μm≤t4-t1≤1.75μm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，导电部的最大厚度与导电主体部的厚度的差值位于合理范围内，可提高导电部处的过流能力，提高电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性，另外，导电部的厚度不至于太大，有利于降低导电部的占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，导电主体部的厚度为t1，导电部的最大厚度为t4，其中，1＜t1/t4≤4，可选地，1.5＜t1/t4≤2.5。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，导电部的最大厚度与导电主体部的厚度的比值位于合理范围内，可提高导电部处的过流能力，提高电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性，另外，导电部的厚度不至于太大，有利于降低导电部的占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，导电部的厚度为t4，其中，1μm≤t4≤5μm，可选地，1.2μm≤t4≤3.5μm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，导电部的厚度设计合理，可提高导电部处的过流能力，提高电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性，另外，导电部的厚度不至于太大，有利于降低导电部的占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，导电部包括第一主体段和第一过渡段，第一过渡段连接于第一主体段和导电主体部之间，第一过渡段的厚度大于导电主体部的厚度；第一主体段的厚度大于第一过渡段的厚度；第一过渡段的至少部分覆盖有活性物质层。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一过渡段的设置，可减少金属层的应力集中，可降低金属层成型过程中出现裂纹的风险，可改善导电部的过流能力，提高电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性，也方便加工制作。
在一些实施例中，沿导电主体部指向导电部的方向，第一过渡段的厚度递增设置。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，可更好地减少金属层的应力集中，可更好地降低金属层成型过程中出现裂纹的风险，可改善导电部的过流能力，提高电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性，也方便加工制作。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一过渡段的尺寸为W6，其中，4mm≤W6≤50mm，可选的，5mm≤W6≤34mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一过渡段沿第一方向的尺寸设计合理，可减少金属层的应力集中，可降低金属层成型过程中出现裂纹的风险，可改善导电部的过流能力，提高电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性，也方便加工制作另外，第一过渡段沿第一方向的尺寸也不至于过大，减少导电部所占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，第一极片还包括导电保护层，导电保护层的至少部分位于活性物质层和金属层之间。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，导电保护层可将活性物质层和金属层隔开同时对金属层起到防护作用，减少金属层辊压产生的裂纹，有利于提高金属层的过流能力。
在一些实施例中，沿导电主体部指向导电部的方向，导电保护层凸出于活性物质层朝向凸出部的端面的凸出距离范围为0.3mm～0.8mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，可较好地兼顾电池单体的过流能力和能量密度。
在一些实施例中，导电保护层包括第一保护部和第二保护部，第一保护部覆盖于导电主体部，第二保护部覆盖于导电部的至少部分；其中，第二保护部的厚度小于第一保护部的厚度。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二保护部的厚度小于第一保护部的厚度，有利于减小第一保护部与导电主体部的厚度之和接近第二保护部与导电部的厚度之和，有利于导电保护部背向金属层的表面接近平面，从而有利于减小辊压损伤，提高金属层的过流能力；另外，也可减少集流体的卷绕鼓包问题。
在一些实施例中，导电部包括第一主体段和第一过渡段，第一过渡段连接于第一主体段和导电主体部之间，第一过渡段的厚度大于导电主体部的厚度；第一主体段的厚度大于第一过渡段的厚度；第二保 护部包括第二主体段和第二过渡段，第二过渡段覆盖于第一过渡段，第二主体段覆盖于第一主体段的至少部分，第二过渡段的厚度小于第一保护部的厚度；第二主体段的厚度小于第二过渡段的厚度。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二保护部的厚度变化能够弥补导电部的厚度变化，有利于第二保护部背向金属层的表面接近平面，有利于减小辊压损伤，提高金属层的过流能力；另外，也可减少集流体的卷绕鼓包问题。
在一些实施例中，沿导电主体部指向导电部的方向，第一过渡段的厚度递增设置，第二过渡段的厚度递减设置。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二保护部的厚度变化与导电部的厚度相适配，第二保护部的厚度变化更好地弥补导电部的厚度变化，更有利于第二保护部背向金属层的表面接近平面，有利于减小辊压损伤，提高金属层的过流能力。
在一些实施例中，第二主体段的厚度为t5，第一保护部的厚度为t6，其中，0.03≤t5/t6≤0.95，可选地，0.125≤t5/t6≤0.8。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二主体段的厚度与第一保护部的厚度的比值位于合理范围内，导电保护层的减薄程度合理，能够较好地与导电部的加厚程度相适配，有利于第二保护部背向金属层的表面接近平面，有利于减小辊压损伤，提高金属层的过流能力。
在一些实施例中，第二主体段的厚度为t5，其中，0.5μm≤t5≤4μm，可选地，1μm≤t5≤2μm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二主体段的厚度设置合理，可减少金属层开裂风险；另外，也不会因第二主体段也至于过厚而导致第二主体段背向金属层凸出第一保护部，还可减少材料堆积，减少制作成本。
在一些实施例中，绝缘基体包括第一绝缘基部和第二绝缘基部，导电主体部覆盖于第一绝缘基部，导电部覆盖于第二绝缘基部；导电主体部的厚度为t1，导电部的厚度为t4，第一保护部的厚度为t6，第二保护部的最小厚度为t7，第一绝缘基部的厚度为t8，第二绝缘基部的厚度为t9，其中，-4μm≤(t1+t6+t8/2)-(t4+t7+t9/2)≤4μm，可选地，-2μm≤(t1+t6+t8/2)-(t2+t7+t8/2)≤2μm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，-4μm≤(t1+t6+t8/2)-(t4+t7+t9/2)≤4μm的设计，使得集流体在导电主体部处的一半厚度与集流体在导电部处的一半厚度的厚度相差不大，有利于导电保护层背向金属层的表面有接近平面，有利于减小辊压损伤，提高金属层的过流能力；另外，也可减少电极组件的鼓边。
在一些实施例中，第二绝缘基部的厚度小于第一绝缘基部的厚度。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二绝缘基部的厚度小于第一绝缘基部的厚度，使得第二绝缘基部与导电部的厚度之和接近第一绝缘基部与导电主体部的厚度之和，有利于金属层背向绝缘基体的表面有接近平面，有利于减小辊压损伤，提高金属层的过流能力。
在一些实施例中，外壳包括壳体和端盖，端盖盖设于壳体的开口处，壳体和端盖围设形成容纳腔，电极组件收容于容纳腔，壳体和端盖中的至少一个设有电极引出部。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，外壳采用端盖和壳体的结构，电极组件容易装入外壳内，方便电池单体的组装，有利于降低制作成本。
在一些实施例中，电池单体的容量大于或等于20A·h。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，金属层采用导电部的加厚结构形式，可较好地满足电池单体的容量大于或等于20A·h的使用需求。
在一些实施例中，第一极片为正极片，活性物质层的活性材料包含Ni元素。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，活性物质层的活性材料包含Ni(镍)元素，可提高电池单体的能量密度，另外，正极片采用上述的第一极片的结构形式，第一极片的集流体采用复合集流体的结构形式，可降低电池单体的内部短路风险，降低了电池单体发生热失控的风险。
在一些实施例中，金属层的材料包括铝、铝合金、铜、铜合金、镍、镍合金、钛、钛合金、银和银合金中的一种或多种。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，金属层采用上述的材料，有利于提高电池单体的性能。
第二方面，提供了一种电池装置，包括上述实施例的电池单体。
本申请实施例的电池装置，采用上述的电池单体，电池单体的快充性能和使用可靠性好，有利于提高电池装置的快充性能和使用可靠性，也有利于提高电池装置的使用可靠性。
第三方面，提供了一种用电装置，包括如上述实施例的电池装置。
本申请实施例的用电装置，采用上述的电池装置，电池装置的快充性能和使用可靠性好，有利于提高用电装置的续航，也有利于提高用电装置的使用可靠性。
上述说明仅是本申请技术方案的概述，为了能够更清楚了解本申请的技术手段，而可依照说明书的内容予以实施，并且为了让本申请的上述和其它目的、特征和优点能够更明显易懂，以下特举本申请的具体实施方式。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案，下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1为本申请一些实施例提供的车辆的结构示意图。
图2为本申请一些实施例提供的电池装置的分解示意图。
图3为本申请一些实施例提供的电池单体的分解示意图。
图4为本申请一些实施例提供的电极组件的结构示意图。
图5为沿图4中A-A线的剖切视图。
图6为本申请一些实施例提供的第一极片的结构示意图。
图7为沿图6中B-B线的剖切视图。
图8为图6中C处的局部放大图。
图9为本申请一些实施例提供的第一极片影藏导电构件后的结构示意图。
图10为图9中D处的局部放大图。
图11为本申请另一些实施例提供的第一极片的结构示意图。
图12为图11中E处的局部放大图。
图13为图11所示的第一极片影藏导电构件后的结构示意图。
图14为图13中F处的局部放大图。
图15为本申请又一些实施例提供的第一极片的结构示意图。
图16为沿图15中H-H线的剖切视图。
图17为沿图15中I-I线的剖切视图。
图18为本申请又一些实施例提供的第一极片的结构示意图。
图19为图18中J处的局部放大图。
图20为本申请又一些实施例提供的第一极片的结构示意图。
图21为沿图20中K-K线的剖切视图。
图22为本申请一些实施例提供的第二绝缘部的结构示意图。
图23为沿图22中N-N线的剖切视图。
其中，图中各附图标记：
1000、车辆；1100、电池装置；1200、控制器；1300、马达；100、电池单体；101、电极组件；1、
第一极片；10、集流体；11、绝缘基体；111、第一绝缘基部；112、第二绝缘基部；12、金属层；13、导电主体部；14、导电部；141、第一导电部；142、第二导电部；1421、凸出部；14211、第一凸出子部；14212、第二凸出子部；1422、过渡部；143、第一主体段；144、第一过渡段；20、活性物质层；21、第一活性物质部；22、第二活性物质部；30、导电构件；31、第一连接部；311、第一连接子部；312、第二连接子部；32、第二连接部；40、绝缘件；41、第一绝缘部；42、第二绝缘部；421、第一部分；422、第二部分；423、绝缘基层；424、粘接层；51、第一焊印；511、第一焊印部；5111、第一焊印子部；5112、第二焊印子部；512、第二焊印部；52、第二焊印；60、导电保护层；61、第一保护部；62、第二保护部；621、第二主体段；622、第二过渡段；2、第二极片；210、主体功能部；220、极耳部；3、隔离件；200、外壳；201、端盖；202、壳体；2011、电极引出部；300、箱体；301、第一箱体部；302、第二箱体部。
具体实施方式
为了使本申请所要解决的技术问题、技术方案及有益效果更加清楚明白，以下结合附图1～23及实施例，对本申请进行进一步详细说明。应当理解，此处所描述的具体实施例仅仅用以解释本申请，并不用于限定本申请。
除非另有定义，本文所使用的所有的技术和科学术语与属于本申请的技术领域的技术人员通常理解的含义相同；本文中所使用的术语只是为了描述具体的实施例的目的，不是旨在于限制本申请；本申请的说明书和权利要求书及上述附图说明中的术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们的任何变形，意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。
在本申请实施例的描述中，技术术语“第一”、“第二”等仅用于区别不同对象，而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量、特定顺序或主次关系。由此，限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。
在本申请实施例的描述中，术语“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
在本申请实施例的描述中，术语“多个”指的是两个以上(包括两个)，同理，“多组”指的是两组以上(包括两组)，“多片”指的是两片以上(包括两片)。“若干”的含义是一个或一个以上，除非另有明确具体的限定。
在本申请实施例的描述中，技术术语“中心”、“纵向”、“横向”、“长度”、“宽度”、“厚度”、“上”、“下”、“前”、“后”、“左”、“右”、“竖直”、“水平”、“顶”、“底”、“内”、“外”、“顺时针”、“逆时针”、“轴向”、“径向”、“周向”等指示的方位或位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系，仅是为了便于描述本申请实施例和简化描述，而不是指示或暗示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位、以特定的方位构造和操作，因此不能理解为对本申请实施例的限制。
在本申请实施例的描述中，除非另有明确的规定和限定，技术术语“安装”、“相连”、“连接”、“固定”等术语应做广义理解，例如，可以是固定连接，也可以是可拆卸连接，或成一体；也可以是机械连接，也可以是电连接；可以是直接相连，也可以通过中间媒介间接相连，可以是两个元件内部的连通或两个元件的相互作用关系。对于本领域的普通技术人员而言，可以根据具体情况理解上述术语在本申请实施例中的具体含义。
在本申请实施例的描述中，除非另有明确的规定和限定，当元件被称为“固定于”或“设置于”另一个元件，它可以直接在另一个元件上或者间接在该另一个元件上。当一个元件被称为是“连接于”另一个元件，它可以是直接连接到另一个元件或间接连接至该另一个元件上。
本申请实施例中，电池单体可以为二次电池，二次电池是指在电池单体放电后可通过充电的方式使活性材料激活而继续使用的电池单体。
电池单体可以包括但不限于锂离子电池单体、钠离子电池单体、钠锂离子电池单体、锂金属电池单体、钠金属电池单体、锂硫电池单体、镁离子电池单体、镍氢电池单体、镍镉电池单体、铅蓄电池单体等。
作为示例，电池单体可以为圆柱形电池单体、棱柱电池单体或其它形状的电池单体，棱柱电池单体包括方壳电池单体、刀片形电池单体、多棱柱电池单体，多棱柱电池单体例如为六棱柱电池单体等。
本申请的实施例所提到的电池装置是指包括一个或多个电池单体以提供更高的电压和容量的单一的物理模块。
在一些实施例中，电池装置可以为电池模块，电池单体有多个时，多个电池单体排列并固定形成一个电池模块。
在一些实施例中，电池装置可以为电池包，电池包包括箱体和电池单体，电池单体或电池模块容纳于箱体中。
在一些实施例中，箱体可以作为车辆的底盘结构的一部分。例如，箱体的部分可以成为车辆的地板的至少一部分，或者，箱体的部分可以成为车辆的横梁和纵梁的至少一部分。
在一些实施例中，电池装置可以为储能装置。储能装置包括储能集装箱、储能电柜等。
电池单体一般包括电极组件和外壳，电极组件容纳于外壳内。电极组件包括正极和负极。在电池单体充放电过程中，活性离子(例如锂离子)在正极和负极之间往返嵌入和脱出。
在一些实施例中，电极组件还包括隔离件，隔离件设置在正极和负极之间，可以起到防止正负极短路的作用，同时可以使活性离子通过。
外壳用于封装电极组件及电解质等部件。外壳可以为钢壳、铝壳、塑料壳(如聚丙烯)、复合金属壳(如铜铝复合外壳)或铝塑膜等。
在一些实施例中，正极可以为正极片，正极片可以包括正极集流体以及设置在正极集流体至少一个表面的正极活性物质层。负极可以为负极片，负极片可以包括负极集流体以及设置在负极集流体至少一个表面的负极活性物质层。
集流体(正极集流体或负极集流体)通常采用金属材质，如金属铝箔和金属铜箔。但是，纯金属箔材易产生金属毛刺，毛刺刺贯隔膜导致内部短路，造成电池单体存在较大的起火爆炸风险。
为了降低电池单体内的短路风险，提出了一种集流体，该集流体包括绝缘基体以及覆盖于绝缘基体的表面的金属层，活性物质层覆盖于金属层背向绝缘基体的表面，金属层的厚度通常设置较小(例如：在几百纳米到几微米之间)，使得异物刺穿极片过程中，金属层产生的毛刺较小，不容易刺穿隔膜。其中，金属层与外壳上的电极引出部连接，以用于输出或者输入电池单体的电能。然而，金属层的厚度较小，金属层与电极流出部的连接部分的截面积小，造成金属层与电极流出部的连接部分的过流能力差，不利于电池单体的快充性能提升。
基于此，本申请实施例提供了一种技术方案，其通过将金属层设计成厚度不一致的结构，即与电极引出部连接的导电部的厚度大于导电主体部的厚度，通过增加导电部的厚度，有利于提高导电部的过流面积，提高导电部的过流能力，提升金属层的过流能力，减少了电池单体的产热，有利于提高电池单体的充放电效率，提高电池单体的快充性能。
本申请实施例描述的电极组件适用于电池单体、电池装置以及使用电池装置的用电装置。
本申请实施例公开的电池装置可以用于使用电池装置作为电源的用电装置或者使用电池装置作为储能元件的各种储能系统。用电装置可以为但不限于手机、平板、笔记本电脑、电动玩具、电动工具、电瓶车、电动汽车、轮船、航天器等等。其中，电动玩具可以包括固定式或移动式的电动玩具，例如，游戏机、电动汽车玩具、电动轮船玩具和电动飞机玩具等等，航天器可以包括飞机、火箭、航天飞机和宇宙飞船等等。
以下实施例为了方便说明，以用电装置为车辆为例进行说明。
如图1所示，车辆1000的内部设置有电池装置1100，电池装置1100可以设置在车辆1000的底部或头部或尾部。电池装置1100可以用于车辆1000的供电，例如，电池装置1100可以作为车辆1000的操作电源。
车辆1000还可以包括控制器1200和马达1300，控制器1200用来控制电池装置1100为马达1300供电，例如，用于车辆1000的启动、导航和行驶时的工作用电需求。
在本申请一些实施例中，电池装置1100不仅仅可以作为车辆1000的操作电源，还可以作为车辆1000的驱动电源，代替或部分地代替燃油或天然气为车辆1000提供驱动动力。
如图2所示，电池装置1100包括箱体300和电池单体100，电池单体100容纳于箱体300内。
箱体300用于容纳电池单体100，箱体300可以是多种结构。在一些实施例中，箱体300可以包括第一箱体部301和第二箱体部302，第一箱体部301与第二箱体部302相互盖合，第一箱体部301和第二箱体部302共同限定出用于容纳电池单体100的容纳空间。第二箱体部302可以是一端开口的空心结构，第一箱体部301为板状结构，第一箱体部301盖合于第二箱体部302的开口侧，以形成具有容纳空间的箱体300；第一箱体部301和第二箱体部302也均可以是一侧开口的空心结构，第一箱体部301的开口侧盖合于第二箱体部302的开口侧，以形成具有容纳空间的箱体300。当然，第一箱体部301和第二箱体部302可以是多种形状，比如，圆柱体、长方体等。
为提高第一箱体部301与第二箱体部302连接后的密封性，第一箱体部301与第二箱体部302之间也可以设置密封件，比如，密封胶、密封圈等。
假设第一箱体部301盖合于第二箱体部302的顶部，第一箱体部301亦可称之为上箱盖，第二箱体部302亦可称之为下箱体。
在电池装置1100中，电池单体100可以是一个，也可以是多个。若电池单体100为多个，多个电池单体100之间可串联或并联或混联，混联是指多个电池单体100中既有串联又有并联。
多个电池单体100之间可直接串联或并联或混联在一起，再将多个电池单体100构成的整体容纳于箱体300内；当然，也可以是多个电池单体100先串联或并联或混联组成电池模块，多个电池模块再串联或并联或混联形成一个整体，并容纳于箱体300内。
示例性地，电池单体100可为组成电池装置1100的最小单元。
如图3所示，在一些实施例中，电池单体100包括外壳200和容纳于外壳200内的电极组件101。 电极组件101包括正极和负极。在电池单体100充放电过程中，活性离子(例如锂离子)在正极和负极之间往返嵌入和脱出。可选地，电极组件101还包括设置在正极和负极之间的隔离件3，隔离件3可以降低正负极短路的风险，同时可以使活性离子通过。
外壳200用于封装电极组件101及电解质等部件。
在一些实施例中，外壳200包括壳体202和端盖201，壳体202具有开口，端盖201用于盖合开口。
壳体202是用于配合端盖201以形成电池单体100的内部空腔的部件，形成的内部空腔可以用于容纳电极组件101、电解质以及其他部件。
壳体202和端盖201可以是独立的部件。示例性的，可以于壳体202上设置开口，通过在开口处使端盖201盖合开口，以形成电池单体100的内部空腔。
壳体202可以是多种形状和多种尺寸的，例如长方体形、圆柱体形、六棱柱形等。具体地，壳体202的形状可以根据电极组件101的具体形状和尺寸大小来确定。壳体202的材质可以是多种，比如，壳体202的材质包括但不限于铜、铁、铝、不锈钢、铝合金、铝塑膜、钢塑膜等。
端盖201的形状可以与壳体202的形状相适应以配合壳体202。端盖201的材质与壳体202的材质可以相同，也可以不同。可选地，端盖201可以由具有一定硬度和强度的材质(比如，铜、铁、铝、不锈钢、铝合金、塑胶等)制成，这样，端盖201在受挤压碰撞时就不易发生形变，使电池单体100能够具备更高的结构强度，可靠性能也可以有所提高。
端盖201通过焊接、粘接、卡接或其它方式连接于壳体202。
壳体202可以一端开口，也可以两端开口。在一些示例中，壳体202可为一侧开口的结构，端盖201设置为一个并盖合于壳体202。在另一些示例中，壳体202也可为两侧开口的结构，端盖201设置为两个，两个端盖201分别盖合于壳体202的两个开口。
在一些实施例中，电池单体100包括电极引出部2011。电极引出部2011的数量为两个，其中一个与正极片连接，另一个与负极片连接，以用于输出或输入电池单体100的电能。
在一些实施例中，电池单体100还包括容纳于外壳200内的电解质。电解质在正、负极之间起到传导离子的作用。电解质可以是液态的、凝胶态的或固态的。
在一些实施例中，液态电解质包括电解质盐和溶剂。
在一些实施例中，电解质盐可包括六氟磷酸锂、四氟硼酸锂、高氯酸锂、六氟砷酸锂、双氟磺酰亚胺锂、双三氟甲磺酰亚胺锂、三氟甲磺酸锂、二氟磷酸锂、二氟草酸硼酸锂、二草酸硼酸锂、二氟二草酸磷酸锂及四氟草酸磷酸锂中的至少一种。
在一些实施例中，溶剂可包括碳酸亚乙酯、碳酸亚丙酯、碳酸甲乙酯、碳酸二乙酯、碳酸二甲酯、碳酸二丙酯、碳酸甲丙酯、碳酸乙丙酯、碳酸亚丁酯、氟代碳酸亚乙酯、甲酸甲酯、乙酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、乙酸丙酯、丙酸甲酯、丙酸乙酯、丙酸丙酯、丁酸甲酯、丁酸乙酯、1,4-丁内酯、环丁砜、二甲砜、甲乙砜及二乙砜中的至少一种。
溶剂也可选醚类溶剂。醚类溶剂可以包括乙二醇二甲醚、乙二醇二乙醚、二乙二醇二甲醚、三乙二醇二甲醚、四乙二醇二甲醚、1,3-二氧戊环、四氢呋喃、甲基四氢呋喃、二苯醚及冠醚中的一种或多种。
在一些实施例中，凝胶态电解质包括以聚合物作为电解质的骨架网络，搭配离子液体-锂盐。
在一些实施例中，固态电解质包括聚合物固态电解质、无机固态电解质、复合固态电解质。
作为示例，聚合物固态电解质可以为聚醚(聚氧化乙烯)、聚硅氧烷、聚碳酸酯、聚丙烯腈、聚偏氟乙烯、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯、单离子聚合物、聚离子液体-锂盐、纤维素等。
作为示例，无机固态电解质可以为氧化物固体电解质(晶态的钙钛矿、钠超导离子导体、石榴石、非晶态的LiPON薄膜)、硫化物固体电解质(晶态的锂超离子导体(锂锗磷硫、硫银锗矿)、非晶体硫化物)以及卤化物固体电解质、氮化物固体电解质及氢化物固体电解质中的一种或多种。
作为示例，复合固态电解质通过在聚合物固体电解质中增加无机固态电解质填料形成。
参照图4和图5，本申请实施例的电极组件101包括极性相反的第一极片1和第二极片2。
示例性地，第一极片1和第二极片2中的一者为正极片，另一者为负极片。
在一些实施例中，正极片可以包括正极集流体以及设置在正极集流体至少一个表面的正极活性物质层。
作为示例，正极集流体具有在其自身厚度方向相对的两个表面，正极活性物质层设置在正极集流体相对的两个表面的任意一者或两者上。
作为示例，正极集流体可采用碳、金属箔片或复合集流体。例如，作为金属箔片，可采用不锈钢、铜、铝、镍、炭精电极、镍、钛、银表面处理的铝或不锈钢等。复合集流体可包括高分子材料基层和金属层。复合集流体可通过将金属材料(铝、铝合金、镍、镍合金、钛、钛合金、银及银合金等)形成在高分子材料基材(如聚丙烯、聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯、聚对苯二甲酸丁二醇酯、聚苯乙烯、聚乙烯等的基材)上而形成。
作为示例，正极活性物质层包括正极活性材料，正极活性材料可包括以下材料中的至少一种：含锂磷酸盐、锂过渡金属氧化物及其各自的改性化合物。正极活性材料还可以使用其他可被用作电池装置1100的正极活性物质层的传统材料。这些正极活性材料可以仅单独使用一种，也可以将两种以上组合使用。含锂磷酸盐的示例可包括但不限于磷酸铁锂(如LiFePO4(也可以简称为LFP))、磷酸铁锂与碳的复合材料、磷酸锰锂(如LiMnPO4)、磷酸锰锂与碳的复合材料、磷酸锰铁锂、磷酸锰铁锂与碳的复合材料中的至少一种。锂过渡金属氧化物的示例可包括但不限于锂钴氧化物(如LiCoO2)、锂镍氧化物(如LiNiO2)、锂锰氧化物(如LiMnO2、LiMn2O4)、锂镍钴氧化物、锂锰钴氧化物、锂镍锰氧化物、锂镍钴锰氧化物(如LiNi1/3Co1/3Mn1/3O2(也可以简称为NCM333)、LiNi0.5Co0.2Mn0.3O2(也可以简称为NCM523)、LiNi0.5Co0.25Mn0.25O2(也可以简称为NCM211)、LiNi0.6Co0.2Mn0.2O2(也可以简称为NCM622)、LiNi0.8Co0.1Mn0.1O2(也可以简称为NCM811)、锂镍钴铝氧化物(如LiNi0.80Co0.15AL0.05O2)及其改性化合物等中的至少一种。
在一些实施例中，负极片可以包括负极集流体以及设置在负极集流体至少一个表面的负极活性物质层。
作为示例，负极集流体可采用金属箔片、泡沫金属或复合集流体。例如，作为金属箔片，可以采用银表面处理的铝或不锈钢、不锈钢、铜、铝、镍、炭精电极、镍或钛等。泡沫金属可以为泡沫镍、泡沫铜、泡沫铝、泡沫合金、或泡沫碳等。复合集流体可包括高分子材料基层和金属层。复合集流体可通过将金属材料(铜、铜合金、镍、镍合金、钛、钛合金、银及银合金等)形成在高分子材料基材(如聚丙烯、聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯、聚对苯二甲酸丁二醇酯、聚苯乙烯、聚乙烯等的基材)上而形成。
作为示例，负极活性物质层包括负极活性材料。负极活性材料可采用本领域公知的用于电池单体100的负极活性材料。作为示例，负极活性材料可包括以下材料中的至少一种：人造石墨、天然石墨、软炭、硬炭、硅基材料、锡基材料和钛酸锂等。硅基材料可包括单质硅、硅氧化合物、硅碳复合物、硅氮复合物以及硅合金中的至少一种。锡基材料可包括单质锡、锡氧化合物以及锡合金中的至少一种。本申请的负极活性材料还可以使用其他可被用作电池装置1100负极活性材料的传统材料。这些负极活性材料可以仅单独使用一种，也可以将两种以上组合使用。
在一些实施例中，正极集流体的材料可以为铝，负极集流体的材料可以为铜。
在一些实施例中，电极组件101还包括隔离件3，隔离件3用于将第一极片1和第二极片2隔开。隔离件3可以降低正负极短路的风险，同时可以使活性离子通过。
在一些实施例中，隔离件3包括隔离膜。本申请的隔离膜可以选用任意公知的具有良好的化学稳定性和机械稳定性的多孔结构隔离膜。
作为示例，隔离膜的主要材质可包括玻璃纤维、无纺布、聚乙烯、聚丙烯及聚偏二氟乙烯，陶瓷中的至少一种。隔离膜可以是单层薄膜，也可以是多层复合薄膜。在隔离膜为多层复合薄膜时，各层的材料可以相同或不同。隔离件3可以是位于正负极之间的单独的一个部件，也可以附着在正负极的表面。
在一些实施例中，隔离件3为固态电解质。固态电解质设于正极片和负极片之间，同时起到传输离子和隔离正负极的作用。
在一些实施例中，电极组件101为卷绕结构。示例性地，第一极片1和第二极片2均为带状结构，第一极片1、隔离件3以及第二极片2卷绕成卷绕结构。
在一些实施例中，电极组件101为叠片结构。
作为示例，第一极片1、第二极片2可分别设置多个，多个第一极片1和多个第二极片2交替层叠设置。
作为示例，第一极片1可设置多个，第二极片2折叠形成多个层叠设置的折叠段，相邻的折叠段之间夹持一个第一极片1。
作为示例，第一极片1和第二极片2均折叠形成多个层叠设置的折叠段。
作为示例，隔离件3可设置多个，分别设置在任意相邻的第一极片1或第二极片2之间。
作为示例，隔离件3可连续地设置，通过折叠或者卷绕方式设置在任意相邻的第一极片1或第二极片2之间。
在一些实施例中，电极组件101的形状可以为圆柱状，扁平状或多棱柱状等。
请一并参阅图6～10所示，在一些实施例中，提供一种电池单体100，该电池单体100包括外壳200和电极组件101，外壳200设有电极引出部2011；电极组件101的至少部分设于外壳200内；电极组件101包括第一极片1，第一极片1包括集流体10和活性物质层20，集流体10包括绝缘基体11和金属层12，绝缘基体11、金属层12和活性物质层20沿集流体10的厚度方向层叠设置，金属层12的至少部分位于绝缘基体11和活性物质层20之间；其中，金属层12包括导电主体部13和从导电主体部13沿第一方向延伸的导电部14，第一方向垂直于集流体10的厚度方向，导电主体部13的至少部分覆盖有活性物质层20，导电部14的至少部分未覆盖有活性物质层20，导电部14与电极引出部2011连接；沿集流体10的厚度方向，导电部14的厚度大于导电主体部13的厚度。
电极组件101的一部分位于外壳200内；另一部分位于外壳200外，或者，整个电极组件101位于外壳200内。
在一些示例中，第一极片1为正极片，集流体10为正极集流体，正极集流体采用复合集流体结构，活性物质层20为正极活性物质层；或者，第一极片1为负极片，集流体10采用负极集流体结构，负极集流体采用上述的复合集流体，活性物质层20为负极活性物质层。
集流体10包括金属层12和绝缘基体11，集流体10为多层结构，绝缘基体11可以是指集流体10中采用绝缘材料(例如：上述的高分子基材)制作而成的部件，金属层12可以是指集流体10中采用上述的金属材料制作而成的部件。
绝缘基体11的表面覆盖有金属层12，金属层12背向绝缘基体11的表面覆盖有活性物质层20，以使得绝缘基体11、金属层12和活性物质层20层叠设置，且绝缘基体11、金属层12和活性物质层20的层叠方向为集流体10的厚度方向(可参阅图7中的Y方向)。其中，活性物质层20可直接覆盖于金属层12的表面，也可在金属层12的表面覆盖其他物质后再覆盖活性物质层20。
在一些示例中，绝缘基体11的一表面覆盖有金属层12。
在一些示例中，绝缘基体11的相对两表面均覆盖有金属层12，在两个金属层12中，至少一个金属层12背向绝缘集体的表面覆盖有活性物质层20。
第一方向可以是指与集流体10的厚度方向垂直的方向；第二方向可以是指与集流体10的厚度方向和第一方向垂直的方向。
在一些示例中，电极组件101为卷绕结构，在第一极片1处于展开状态下，第一方向可参阅第一极片1的宽度方向(可参阅图6中的Z方向)；第二方向可参阅第一极片1的长度方向(可参阅图6中X方向)。在第一极片1处于卷绕状态下，第二方向还可以参阅第一极片1的卷绕方向(可参阅图4中箭头V所指的方向)。
在一些示例中，电极组件101为叠片结构，第一方向可为第一极片1的宽度方向(可参阅图6中的Z方向)，第二方向可参阅第一极片1的长度方向(可参阅图6中X方向)。
在一些示例中，沿第一方向，金属层12分为两个部分，其中一个部分为导电主体部13，另一部分为导电部14，导电部14从导电主体部13沿第一方向的延伸形成，导电主体部13的一部分区域覆盖有活性物质层20，导电主体部13的另一部分区域未覆盖有活性物质层20，或者，导电主体部13整个区域上都覆盖有活性物质层20；导电部14的一部分区域未覆盖有活性物质层20，导电部14的另一部分区域覆盖有活性物质层20，或者，导电部14的整个区域都未覆盖有活性物质层20。
电极引出部2011可以是指用于输出或者输入电能的导电部件，电极引出部2011与外部电子设备连接，以使得电池单体100输出或者输入电能；电极引出部2011又可称为极柱，电极引出部2011可设于壳体202上，也可设于端盖201上。
电极引出部2011与导电部14连接，电极引出部2011可直接与导电部14连接；例如：电极引出部2011直接焊接于导电部14；或者，电极引出部2011可以通过导电部件(例如：导电构件30等)与导电部14连接，例如：导电部件的第一端与电极引出部2011焊接，导电部件的第二端与导电部14焊接；其中，导电部件的第二端可直接与导电部14焊接，也可通过导电件(例如：转接片等)焊接。
本申请实施例的电池单体100，在电池单体100正常使用的情况下，电极引出部2011用于输入或输出电能，实现了电池单体100的充电和放电；而与电极引出部2011连接的导电部14的厚度大于导电主 体部13的厚度，提高了导电部14的过流面积，提高导电部14的过流能力，减少了电池单体100的产热，有利于提高电池单体100的充放电效率，提高电池单体100的快充性能；另外，集流体10采用绝缘基体11和金属层12的复合结构，金属层12相对于纯金属的集流体10而言，金属层12的厚度小，集流体10在制作过程中产生的毛刺较小，减少电池单体100的内部短路风险，有利于提高电池单体100的使用可靠性；故，本申请实施例的电池单体100可较好地兼顾快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，导电部14背离绝缘基体11的表面相比导电主体部13背离绝缘基体11的表面更远离绝缘基体11。
在绝缘基体11朝向金属层12的方向，导电部14背向绝缘基体11的表面相对于导电主体部13背向绝缘基体11凸出。
在一些示例中，在金属层12朝向绝缘基体11的方向，导电部14朝向绝缘基体11的表面可凸出导电主体部13朝向绝缘基体11的表面，绝缘基体11在导电部14处形成缺口，以容纳导电部14。
在一些示例中，导电部14朝向绝缘基体11的表面可与导电主体部13朝向绝缘基体11的表面齐平，绝缘基体11可采用等厚结构，绝缘基体11的结构强度好，提高集流体10的结构强度，提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，导电部14背向绝缘基体11的表面相对于导电主体部13背向绝缘基体11凸出，可利用导电部14背向绝缘基体11的侧部空间，可减少绝缘基体11在导电部14处减薄而容纳导电部14的风险，提高绝缘基体11在导电部14处的结构强度，提高集流体10的结构强度，提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，导电部14包括沿第一方向排列的第一导电部141和第二导电部142，第一导电部141连接于第二导电部142和导电主体部13之间，第一导电部141覆盖有活性物质层20，第二导电部142未覆盖有活性物质层20，第二导电部142与电极引出部2011连接。
第一导电部141可以是指导电部14覆盖有活性物质层20的部分；第二导电部142可以是指导电部14未覆盖有活性物质层20的部分；第一导电部141和第二导电部142以活性物质层20的端面为分界线；第一导电部141的厚度和第二导电部142的厚度均大于导电主体部13的厚度。
示例地，导电部14沿第一方向可分为两个部分，其中靠近导电主体部13并覆盖有活性物质层20的部分为第一导电部141，远离导电主体部13并未覆盖有活性物质层20的部分第二金属层12。
未覆盖有活性物质层20的第二导电部142与电极引出部2011连接，一方面，可方便电极引出部2011与金属层12的连接，另一方面，可减少电极引出部2011与活性物质层20相接触的风险，减少两者之间的相互影响，有利于提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，活性物质层20覆盖于第一导电部141，有利于提高活性物质层20与第一导电部141之间的电子传输能力，降低了活性物质层20与第一导电部141之间的电阻，有利于提高电池单体100的快充性能；另外，导电主体部13与第一导电部141也覆盖有活性物质层20，有利于提高了第一极片1在第一导电部141和导电主体部13的交界处的电子传输能力，有利于减少第一极片1的电阻，有利于提高电池单体100的快充性能。在一些实施例中，活性物质层20包括沿第一方向排列的第一活性物质部21和第二活性物质部22，第一活性物质部21与第二活性物质部22相连，第一活性物质部21的厚度小于第二活性物质部22的厚度，第一活性物质部21的至少部分覆盖于第一导电部141，第二活性物质部22的至少部分覆盖于导电主体部13。
第二活性物质部22可以是指活性物质层20的主体部分，第二活性物质部22可大体为等厚结构；第一活性物质部21可以是指厚度小于第二活性物质部22的部分；示例地，第一活性物质部21可与第二活性物质部22直接相连，活性物质层20沿第一方向分为两个部分，其中靠近导电部14的部分为第一活性物质部21，远离导电部14的部分为第二活性物质部22。
第一活性物质部21位于活性物质层20的边部，以覆盖于第一导电部141，其中，第一活性物质部21可一部分覆盖于第一导电部141，第一活性物质部21的另一部分和整个第二活性物质部22均覆盖于导电主体部13上，或者，整个第一活性物质部21覆盖于第一导电部141，整个第二活性物质部22覆盖于导电主体部13上，或者，整个第一活性物质部21覆盖于第一导电部141的一部分，第二活性物质部22的一部分覆盖于第一导电部141的另一部分，第二活性物质部22另一部分覆盖于导电主体部13上。
在一些示例中，第一活性物质部21可大体呈等厚结构，第一活性物质部21的厚度小于第二活性物质部22的厚度，使得第一活性物质部21与第二活性物质部22形成台阶结构；在另一些示例中，第一 活性物质部21的厚度也可呈阶梯减小，使得第一活性物质部21为台阶结构；或者，沿导电主体部13朝向导电部14的方向，第一活性物质部21的厚度还可缓慢减小，使得第一活性物质部21的厚度缓慢减小，第一活性物质部21的外形更为圆滑或平滑。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，在第一极片1的成型过程中，可辊压活性物质层20，以压紧活性物质层20；而第一活性物质部21的设置，可减小活性物质层20的边部受到的辊压力，减少活性物质层20的边部开裂风险，另外，第一活性物质部21的至少部分覆盖在第一导电部141上，第一导电部141的厚度大于导电主体部13的厚度，而第一活性物质部21覆盖于这部分，有利于减小第一极片1在第一活性物质部21处的整体厚度，也有利于减少活性物质层20的边部压力，更进一步地减小活性物质层20的边部开裂风险。
在一些实施例中，第一活性物质部21背离绝缘基体11的表面比第二活性物质部22背离绝缘基体11的表面更靠近绝缘基体11。
可以理解的是，沿绝缘基体11朝向金属层12的方向，导电主体部13凸出第一活性物质部21，可使得第一极片1在第一活性物质部21处的厚度小于第一极片1在导电主体部13的厚度。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，可减少第一活性物质部21处受到的辊压力，有利于活性物质层20的开裂风险。
在一些实施例中，第二活性物质部22覆盖第一导电部141的一部分，第一活性物质部21覆盖第一导电部141的其他部分。
第一导电部141的一部分被第二活性物质部22覆盖，另一部分被第一活性物质部21覆盖。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二活性物质部22覆盖到第一导电部141，第一导电部141上覆盖的活性物质多，第一导电部141与活性物质层20之间的电子传输能力更好，有利于降低活性物质层20与第一导电部141之间的电阻，提高电池单体100的快充能力。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一导电部141被第二活性物质部22覆盖的部分的尺寸为W1，第一导电部141被第一活性物质部21覆盖的部分的尺寸为W2，W1≥W2。
沿第一方向，第一导电部141分为两部分，较大的一部分被第一第二活性物质部22覆盖，较小的一部分被第一活性物质部21覆盖。
示例地，第一导电部141被第二活性物质部22覆盖的部分的尺寸W1可以是指第一导电部141被第二活性物质部22覆盖的部分的宽度。第一导电部141被第一活性物质部21覆盖的部分的尺寸W2可以是指第一导电部141被第一活性物质部21覆盖的部分的宽度。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一导电部141较大的一部分被第二活性物质部22覆盖，第一导电部141较小的一部分被第一活性物质部21覆盖，使得第一导电部141被覆盖的活性物质多，第一导电部141与活性物质层20之间的电子传输能力更好，有利于降低活性物质层20与第一导电部141之间的电阻，提高电池单体100的快充能力。
在一些实施例中，导电主体部13的厚度为t1，第一导电部141的最大厚度为t2，第二活性物质部22的厚度为t3，其中，0.002≤(t2-t1)/t3≤0.08。
第二导电部142大致为等厚结构，第二导电部142的厚度等于第一导电部141的最大厚度t2，第二导电部142的厚度可为导电部14的最大厚度t4；在一些示例中，第一导电部141大体为等厚结构，第一导电部141的最大厚度即为第一导电部141的厚度；在另一示例中，第一导电部141也可为多段式结构，其中每一段的厚度不一致，第一导电部141的最大厚度等于厚度最大一段的厚度，示例地，第一导电部141包括两段，沿导电主体部13到导电部14的方向，第一段的厚度逐渐增大，第二段大体为等厚结构，第一段位于第二段和导电主体部13之间，第二段的厚度等于第一导电部141的最大厚度；第一段从导电主体部13的厚度逐渐增加到第二段的厚度，这样设置，第一段圆滑过渡连接第二段和导电主体部13，有利于减少应力集中，提高结构强度。
t2-t1，可以是指第一导电部141与导电主体部13之间的厚度差。
(t2-t1)/t3的值可以为0.002、0.08以及位于0.002～0.08之间的任意值；示例地，(t2-t1)/t3的值可以但不限于0.002、0.003、0.004、0.008、0.01、0.02、0.03、0.04、0.05、0.06、0.07、0.08。
在一些示例中，0.002≤(t2-t1)/t3≤0.08的设置，使得第一导电部141和导电主体部13之间的厚度差可位于活性物质层20的厚度误差范围内，这样第一导电部141加厚不容易引起活性物质层20的表面凸出，提高了活性物质层20背向绝缘基体11的表面的平整度，有利于提高第一极片1的可制造性，也可 减少后续的辊压损伤，以及后续第一极片1与其他极片之间挤压损伤，有利于提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一导电部141和导电主体部13之间的厚度差与第二活性物质部22的厚度的比值位于合理的范围，提高了活性物质层20背向绝缘基体11的表面的平整度，有利于提高第一极片1的可制造性。
在一些实施例中，0.003≤(t2-t1)/t3≤0.06。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，0.003≤(t2-t1)/t3≤0.06的设置，第一导电部141和导电主体部13之间的厚度差与第二活性物质部22的厚度的比值位于更合理的范围，提高了活性物质层20背向绝缘基体11的表面的平整度，有利于提高第一极片1的可制造性。
在一些实施例中，60μm≤t3≤250μm。
可以理解的是，t3的值可以为60μm、250μm以及位于60μm～250μm之间的任意值；示例地，t3的值可以但不限于60μm、70μm、80μm、90μm、100μm、120μm、140μm、160μm、180μm、200μm、220μm、250μm。
t3≥60μm的设计，可电池单体100具有较高的容量；t3≤250μm的设计，使得活性物质层20靠近金属层12的部分中的电子脱出的距离不至于太长，有利于电子的脱出，提高电池单体100的容量。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二活性物质部22的厚度位于合适的范围内，活性物质层20的体积设置合理，有利于提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性，也可减少活性物质层20靠近导电层的区域中的离子脱出困难的风险，提高了电池单体100的性能。
在一些实施例中，80μm≤t3≤180μm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，80μm≤t3≤180μm的设置，第二活性物质部22的厚度位于更合适的范围内，活性物质层20的体积设置合理，有利于提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性，也可减少活性物质层20靠近导电层的区域中的离子脱出困难的风险，提高了电池单体100的性能。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一导电部141的尺寸为W3，导电部14的尺寸为W4，其中，W3/W4≤0.4。
示例地，第一导电部141的尺寸W3可以是指第一导电部141的宽度，且W3＝W1+W2；导电部14的尺寸W4可以是指导电部14的宽度，其中，W4＝W3+W7，其中，W7可以是指第二导电部142沿第一方向的尺寸，即第二导电部142的宽度。
W3/W4≤0.4，可以理解的是，W3/W4的值可以为0.4以及位于0～0.4之间的任意值；示例地，W3/W4的值可以但不限于0.001、0.1、0.2、0.3、0.4。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，W3/W4≤0.4的设计，使得沿第一方向，第一导电部141的尺寸与导电部14的尺寸的比值设置合理，方便了第二导电部142与电极引出部2011连接，第一导电部141和活性物质层20之间具有较好的电子传输能力，有利于降低第一极片1的电阻，提高电池单体100的快充性能。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一导电部141的尺寸为W3，导电部14的尺寸为W4，其中，2mm≤W4-W3≤10mm。
W4-W3，可以是指第二导电部142沿第一方向的尺寸，即第二导电部142的宽度，即W7。
2mm≤W4-W3≤10mm，可以理解的是，W4-W3的值可以为2mm、10mm以及位于2mm～10mm之间的任意值；示例地，W4-W3的值可以但不限于2mm、3mm、4mm、5mm、6mm、7mm、8mm、9mm、10mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，2mm≤W4-W3≤10mm的设计，使得沿第一方向，第二导电部142的尺寸位于合理范围内，方便了第二导电部142与电极引出部2011连接，也可减少因第二导电部142沿第一方向的尺寸过大而占用过多的空间，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，3mm≤W4-W3≤6mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，2mm≤W4-W3≤10mm的设计，使得沿第一方向，第二导电部142的尺寸位于更合理范围内，方便了第二导电部142与电极引出部2011连接，也可减少因第二导电部142沿第一方向的尺寸过大而占用过多的空间，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一导电部141的尺寸为W3，导电主体部13的尺寸为W5，其中，W3/(W3+W5)≤0.45。
示例地，导电主体部13的尺寸W5可以是指导电主体部13的宽度。W3+W5，可以是指金属层12覆盖有活性物质层20的部分的宽度。
W3/(W3+W5)，可以是指，导电部14覆盖有活性物质层20的部分的宽度占金属层12覆盖有活性物质层20的部分的宽度的比例。
W3/(W3+W5)≤0.45，可以理解的是，W3/(W3+W5)的值可以为0.45以及位于0～0.45之间的任意值；示例地，W3/(W3+W5)的值可以但不限于0.001、0.1、0.2、0.3、0.4、0.45。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，W3/(W3+W5)≤0.45的设计，使得沿第一方向，第一导电部141的尺寸与第一导电部141的尺寸和导电主体部13的尺寸之和的比值位于合适的范围内，第一导电部141可覆盖活性物质层20，有利于降低第一极片1的内阻，提高电池单体100的快充能力；另外，沿第二方向，第一导电部141的尺寸不至于太大，有利于降低第一导电部141的占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一导电部141的尺寸为W3，其中，10mm≤W3≤100mm。
可以理解的是，W3的值可以为10mm、100mm以及位于10mm～100mm之间的任意值；示例地，W3的值可以但不限于10mm、20mm、30mm、40mm、50mm、60mm、70mm、80mm、90mm、100mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，10mm≤W3≤100mm的设计，使得沿第一方向，第一导电部141的尺寸位于合理的范围内，使得活性物质层20与第一导电部141之间具有较好的电子传输能力，另外，另外，沿第二方向，第一导电部141的尺寸不至于太大，有利于降低第一导电部141占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，第二导电部142包括至少一个凸出部1421，凸出部1421与第一导电部141连接，沿第二方向，凸出部1421的尺寸小于导电主体部13的尺寸，第二方向垂直于集流体10的厚度方向和第一方向。
凸出部1421可以是指金属层12边部的凸出结构，且沿第二方向，凸出部1421的尺寸l1小于导电主体部13的尺寸L1。凸出部1421的数量可以是一个或者多个。凸出部1421的厚度大于导电主体部13的厚度；凸出部1421的数量可为一个或者多个，多个凸出部1421沿第二方向间隔排布。
在一些示例中，凸出部1421直接从第一导电部141沿第一方向端部向外延伸。或者，第二导电部142还包括连接第一导电部141和凸出部1421的部分。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿第二方向，凸出部1421的尺寸l1相对于导电主体部13的尺寸L1小，凸出部1421容易随导电构件30弯折而与电极引出部2011连接，方便加工制作，也有利于减小导电构件30折弯后所占用的空间，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，凸出部1421包括第一凸出子部14211和第二凸出子部14212，第一凸出子部14211连接于第二凸出子部14212和第一导电部141之间，第一凸出子部14211与电极引出部2011连接；沿第二方向，第一凸出子部14211的尺寸大于第二凸出子部14212的尺寸。
凸出部1421包括第一凸出子部14211和第二凸出子部14212，第一凸出子部14211的厚度和第二凸出子部14212的厚度均大于导电主体部13的厚度。
沿第二方向，第一凸出子部14211的尺寸l2大于第二凸出子部14212的尺寸l3，即凸出部1421呈台阶结构，沿第二方向，其中尺寸较大的部分为第一凸出子部14211，尺寸较小的部分为第二凸出子部14212，且多个凸出部1421沿第二方向间隔设置，使得多个凸出部1421的第一凸出子部14211的尺寸之和小于导电主体部13的尺寸。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿第二方向，第一凸出子部14211大，第一凸出子部14211的过流面积大、过流能力强，有利于降低产热，有利于提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些示例中，电极引出部2011连接于第一凸出子部14211，这样可电流可经第一凸出子部14211流入或者流出电极引出部2011，这样可直接利用第一凸出子部14211进行过流，而第一凸出子部14211的过流能力强，有利于降低产热，有利于提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些示例中，第一凸出子部14211和第二凸出子部14212均与电极引出部2011连接于，这样可电流可经第一凸出子部14211和第二凸出子部14212流入或者流出电极引出部2011，这样可直接利用第一凸出子部14211和第二凸出子部14212进行过流，过流面积大，过流能力好，有利于降低产热，有利于提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性。
当然在其他示例中，也可以是仅第二凸出子部14212与电极引出部2011连接。
在一些实施例中，凸出部1421的数量为多个，多个凸出部1421沿第二方向间隔设置，沿第二方向，所有凸出部1421的尺寸l1之和小于导电主体部13的尺寸L1。
多个凸出部1421沿第一极片1的长度方向间隔设置，在第一极片1卷绕后，多个凸出部1421层叠设置形成一个整体折弯后与电极引出部2011连接；另外，相邻两个凸出部1421之间的间隙，也使得多个凸出部1421沿第二方向的尺寸l1之和小于导电主体部13的尺寸L1；其中，多个凸出部1421可采用相同的结构，也可采用不同的结构。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，多个凸出部1421沿第二方向间隔设置，有利于将导电主体部13沿第二方向划分为多个区域，且一个区域可对应一个凸出部1421，各区域内的电子可经对应的凸出部1421传输至电极引出部2011上，使得导电主体部13的电子分区域传输，各区域内的电子传输路径传输至对应的凸出部1421路径短，有利于减少电子的传输距离，降低第一极片1的整体电阻，提高电池单体100的快从性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，第二导电部142还包括过渡部1422，过渡部1422连接于凸出部1421和第一导电部141之间，沿第二方向，过渡部1422的尺寸L2大于所有凸出部1421的尺寸l1之和。
过渡部1422可以是指金属层12位于凸出部1421和第一导电部141之间的部分。过渡部1422沿第二方向连续设置，使得沿第二方向，过渡部1422的尺寸L2大于所有凸出部1421的尺寸l1之和，或者，沿第二方向，过渡部1422的尺寸L2等于凸出部1421的尺寸l1。
在一些示例中，第二导电部142包括过渡部1422和凸出部1421；第二导电部142也可仅包括凸出部1421。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，过渡部1422的厚度大于导电主体部13的厚度，且过渡部1422沿第二方向的尺寸L2大，过渡部1422的过流能力强，有利于降低产热，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，沿第二方向，导电主体部13的尺寸为L1，过渡部1422的尺寸为L2，0.8≤L2/L1≤1。
0.8≤L2/L1≤1，沿第二方向，过渡部1422的尺寸L2小于或等于导电主体部13的尺寸L1，且过渡部1422的尺寸L2大于或等于导电主体部13的尺寸L1的0.8倍以上，过渡部1422的尺寸L2超过导电主体部13的尺寸L1的一大半以上，过渡部1422的尺寸L2越大，过渡部1422的过流能力也就越好。
在一些示例中，0.8≤L2/L1＜1，沿第二方向，过渡部1422可位于导电主体部13的中间位置，过渡部1422的两端不与导电主体部13齐平。
在一些示例中，0.8≤L2/L1＜1，沿第二方向，过渡部1422与也可偏向导电主体部13的一端设置，使得过渡部1422的一端与导电主体部13齐平，另一端不齐平，或者两端均不齐平。L2/L1的值可以但不限于0.8、1或者位于0.8～1之间的任意值。示例地，L2/L1的值可以但不限于0.8、0.85、0.9、0.95、1。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，0.8≤L2/L1≤1的设计，使得沿第二方向，过渡部1422的尺寸L2接近导电主体部13的尺寸L1，过渡部1422的尺寸较大，过渡部1422的过流能力较好，有利于降低产热，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，L2＝L1。
L2/L1＝1，沿第二方向，过渡部1422的尺寸L2等于导电主体部13的尺寸L1，第二方向，过渡部1422的两端与导电主体部13齐平并形成等长结构。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，过渡部1422与导电主体形成等长结构，过渡部1422的过流能力更好，更有利于降低产热，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，第一极片1还包括导电构件30，导电构件30包括沿第一方向排列的第一连接部31和第二连接部32，第一连接部31与第二连接部32相连，第一连接部31连接于第二导电部142背向绝缘基体11的表面，第二连接部32位于第二导电部142背向第一导电部141的侧部，第二连接部32与电极引出部2011连接。
导电构件30可以是指连接电极引出部2011的部件；导电构件30采用金属材料制作而成，例如：铜、铝等；在第一极片1为正极片的情况下，导电构件30可为铝箔；在第一极片1为负极片的情况下，导电构件30可为铜箔。
导电构件30包括第一连接部31和第二连接部32，第一连接部31可以是指导电构件30与第二导电部142连接的部分，第二连接部32可以是指导电构件30与电极引出部2011连接的部分。
在一些示例中，第一连接部31可覆盖于第二导电部142并与第二导电部142连接，第二连接部32 可从第一连接部31背向活性物质层20的侧部沿第一方向引出，以凸出绝缘基体11外，即沿集流体10的厚度方向，第一连接部31的投影位于第二导电部142的投影内，第二连接部32的投影位于第二导电部142的投影范围外；这样第二导电部142和电极引出部2011在导电构件30上的连接位置不同，连接方便，也可减少两者连接之间的相互影响，有利于连接可靠性。当然在其他示例中，沿集流体10的厚度方向，第一连接部31的投影和第二连接部32的投影也可部分重合。
示例地，第一连接部31可直接焊接于第二导电部142背向绝缘基体11的表面，焊接的连接操作方便，方便加工制作。当然还可以通过其他方式实现连接。
示例地，第二连接部32与电极引出部2011之间可通过直接焊接的方式进行连接，还可以通过导电件(例如：转接片等)进行焊接，采用焊接的方式，其连接操作方便，方便加工制作。当然还可以通过其他方式实现连接。
在一些情况下，在极片卷绕形成电极组件101时，绝缘基体11位于第二导电部142的相邻两层之间，使得第二导电部142的相邻两层之间不容易跨过绝缘基体11直接连接而向外递电流，使得电流几乎只能由第二金属层12的最外层向外传递，造成导电能力差，快充性能和使用可靠性低，且容易造成局部过热，影响电池单体100的使用可靠性；而本申请实施例的电池单体100，利用导电构件30的第一连接部31与第二导电部142连接，而导电构件30的第二连接部32可凸出绝缘基体11外，这样可利用第二连接部32将第二导电部142的相邻两层电导通，从而打破绝缘基体11的绝缘限制，可有效地提高第一极片1的导电能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性，降低产热，提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
在极片堆叠形成电极组件101时，绝缘基体11位于相邻两个金属层12之间，导致相邻两个金属层12之间不容易跨过绝缘基体11直接连接而向外递电流，使得电流几乎只能由位于最外侧的金属层12向外传递，造成导电能力差，快充性能和使用可靠性低，且容易造成局部过热，影响电池单体100的使用可靠性。而本申请实施例的电池单体100，利用导电构件30的第一连接部31与第二导电部142连接，而导电构件30的第二连接部32可凸出绝缘基体11外，这样可利用第二连接部32将相邻两个第二导电部142电导通，从而打破绝缘基体11的绝缘限制，可有效地提高第一极片1的导电能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性，降低产热，提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二连接部32凸出第二导电部142外，可方便第二连接部32与电极引出部2011连接，加工制作更为方便。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一连接部31与活性物质层20间隔设置。
第一连接部31与活性物质层20之间不直接接触，而是存在一定的间隙，使得第一连接部31不与活性物质层20接触。
在一些示例中，第一极片1为正极片，第一连接部31不与活性物质层20接触，可减少析锂等风险，有利于提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。在其他示例中，第一极片1为负极片，第一连接部31可与活性物质层20接触，也可不接触。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一连接部31不与活性物质层20接触，可减少两者之间的相互影响，提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，第一连接部31焊接于第二导电部142背向绝缘基体11的表面焊接并形成第一焊印51。
第一连接部31覆盖于第二导电部142背向绝缘基体11的表面，第一连接部31与第二导电部142采用焊接的方式进行连接；第一连接部31与第二导电部142焊接后形成的印记即为第一焊印51。
第一连接部31与第二导电部142焊接，即第一连接部31焊接于金属层12未覆盖有活性物质层20的区域焊接，使得第一连接部31不容易焊接到活性物质层20，有利于减少虚焊等问题的风险，有利于提高金属层12和导电构件30的连接可靠性和过流能力。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一连接部31与第二导电部142焊接，导电构件30与第二导电部142采用焊接方式进行连接，便于第一极片1的制作；另外，第二导电部142的厚度小，而第二导电部142背向绝缘基体11的表面大，有利于提高第一连接部31与第二导电部142之间的焊接面积，提高第一连接部31和第二导电部142之间的过流面积，有利于提高第一极片1的过流能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性；同时，还可以减少第一连接部31与第二导电部142虚焊等问题的风险，有利于提高第二导电部142与导电构件30的连接可靠性，也有利于提高第一极片1的过流能力，提高电 池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，第二导电部142包括至少一个凸出部1421，凸出部1421与第一导电部141连接，沿第二方向，凸出部1421的尺寸小于导电主体部13的尺寸；第二方向垂直于集流体10的厚度方向和第一方向；第一焊印51包括第一焊印部511，第一连接部31焊接于凸出部1421背向绝缘基体11的表面并形成第一焊印部511。
第一连接部31叠设凸出部1421背向绝缘基体11的表面并与凸出部1421焊接，焊接所形成的痕迹即为第一焊印部511。
在一些示例中，第一连接部31可与整个凸出部1421焊接，第一连接部31也可以与凸出部1421的一部分焊接，第一凸出部1421的另一部分不与第一连接部31焊接。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一连接部31与凸出部1421之间采用焊接方式进行连接，其连接方式简单，便于第一极片1的制作；另外，第一连接部31与凸出部1421之间可直接利用第一焊印部511进行过流，有利于提高第一连接部31和凸出部1421之间的过流能力。
在一些实施例中，沿第二方向，第一焊印部511从凸出部1421的一侧边延伸至凸出部1421的另一侧边。
沿第一方向，第一焊印部511的投影落入凸出部1421的投影内。
在第一极片1的制作过程中，导电构件30可通过超声波焊接(例如：双辊连续超声波焊接)或者其他方式焊接方式与等长集流体10的边部焊接，并形成等宽焊印，再利用激光模切或者其他裁切方式裁切导电构件30形成极耳，以方便与电极引出部2011连接；而在裁切过程中，先沿第二方向在位于等宽焊印和活性物质层20之间进行裁切，然后沿朝向等宽焊印进行裁切直至离开等宽焊印后，继续背向活性物质层20裁切一段距离后，再沿第二方向裁切一段距离后，再沿朝向等宽焊印的方向进行裁切，直至离开等宽焊印后，然后沿第二方向裁切，这样便可得到一个第一焊印部511，如此往复循环，即可得到多个第一焊印部511。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿第二方向，第一焊印部511的尺寸L4大，有利于提高第一连接部31与凸出部1421之间的过流面积，有利于提高第一连接部31和凸出部1421之间的过流能力，有利于降低发热风险，有利于提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，凸出部1421包括第一凸出子部14211和第二凸出子部14212，第一凸出子部14211连接于第二凸出子部14212和第一导电部141之间；沿第二方向，第一凸出子部14211的尺寸l2大于第二凸出子部14212的尺寸l3；第一焊印部511包括第一焊印子部5111，第一连接部31焊接于第一凸出子部14211并形成第一焊印子部5111。
第一连接部31焊接于第一凸出子部14211背向绝缘基体11的表面，焊接所产生的痕迹为第一焊印子部5111。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一连接部31与第一凸出子部14211焊接并形成第一焊印子部5111，第一凸出子部14211沿第二方向的尺寸l2大，有利于提高凸出部1421与第一连接部31的焊接面积，提高凸出部1421与导电部之间的过流面积，提高了过流能力，降低产热，有利于提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性；另外，沿第二方向，第二凸出子部14212的尺寸l3小，有利于减少凸出部1421的占用空间，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，沿第二方向，第一焊印子部5111从第一凸出子部14211的一侧边延伸至第一凸出子部14211的另一侧边。
沿第一方向，第一焊印子部5111的投影落入第一凸出子部14211的投影内。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿第二方向，第一焊印子部5111的尺寸大，有利于提高凸出部1421与第一连接部31的焊接面积，提高凸出部1421与第一连接部31之间的过流面积，提高了过流能力，降低产热，有利于提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，凸出部1421包括第一凸出子部14211和第二凸出子部14212，第一凸出子部14211连接于第二凸出子部14212和第一导电部141之间；沿第二方向，第一凸出子部14211的尺寸大于第二凸出子部14212的尺寸；第一焊印部511包括第二焊印子部5112，第一连接部31焊接于第二凸出子部14212背向绝缘基体11的表面并形成第二焊印子部5112。
示例地，第二凸出子部14212背向绝缘基体11的表面与第一连接部31焊接，焊接所产生的痕迹为第二焊印子部5112。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二焊印子部5112与活性物质层20之间存在间隔，可减少虚焊等问题，提高焊接可靠性，有利于提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，凸出部1421包括第一凸出子部14211和第二凸出子部14212，第一凸出子部14211连接于第二凸出子部14212和第一导电部141之间；沿第二方向，第一凸出子部14211的尺寸大于第二凸出子部14212的尺寸；第一焊印部511包括第一焊印子部5111，第一连接部31焊接于第一凸出子部14211并形成第一焊印子部5111；第一焊印部511还包括第二焊印子部5112，第一连接部31焊接于第二凸出子部14212背向绝缘基体11的表面并形成第二焊印子部5112。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一凸出子部14211和第二凸出子部14212均与第一连接部31焊接，有利于提高第一连接部31与凸出部1421之间的过流面积大，有利于提高第一连接部31和凸出部1421之间的过流能力。
在一些实施例中，沿第二方向，第二焊印子部5112从第二凸出子部14212的一侧边延伸至第二凸出子部14212的另一侧边。
沿第一方向，第二焊印子部5112的投影落入第二凸出子部14212的投影内。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二焊印子部5112沿第二方向的尺寸大，有利于提高第一连接部31与凸出部1421之间的焊接面积，提高第一连接部31与凸出部1421之间的过流面积，有利于提高第一连接部31和凸出部1421之间的过流能力。
在一些实施例中，凸出部1421的数量为多个，多个凸出部1421沿第二方向间隔设置；第一连接部31包括多个第一连接子部311，多个第一连接子部311沿第二方向间隔设置，第二连接部32的数量为多个，各第一连接子部311与各第二连接部32一一对应连接；各第一连接子部311一一对应地焊接于各凸出部1421背向绝缘基体11的表面。
第一连接子部311可以是指第一连接部31覆盖于凸出部1421上的部分；第一连接子部311的数量、第二连接部32的数量和凸出部1421的数量相同，一个第一连接子部311对应一个凸出部1421，一个第一连接子部311对应连接有一个第二连接部32，一个第一连接子部311与一个凸出部1421焊接形成一个第一焊印部511。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一连接部31的多个第一连接子部311沿第二方向间隔设置，相邻两个第一连接子部311之间具有间隙，可减少第一连接部31所需的材料，降低电池单体100的制作成本。
请一并参阅图11～21所示，在一些实施例中，第二导电部142包括过渡部1422和至少一个凸出部1421，过渡部1422连接于第一导电部141和凸出部1421之间，沿第二方向，过渡部1422的尺寸大于所有凸出部1421的尺寸之和；第二方向垂直于集流体10的厚度方向和第一方向；第一焊印51还包括第二焊印部512，第一连接部31焊接于过渡部1422背向绝缘基体11的表面并形成第二焊印部512。
第一连接部31与过渡部1422背向绝缘基体11的表面焊接，且过渡部1422与第一连接部31焊接所产生的痕迹即为第二焊印部512。
在一些示例中，第一焊印51包括第二焊印部512和第一焊印部511，即第一连接部31同时过渡部1422和凸出部1421焊接，第一焊印部511位于第二焊印部512和活性物质层20之间。
在一些示例中，第一焊印51仅包括第二焊印部512，即第一连接部31仅与过渡部1422焊接，此时，第一连接部31与第二导电部142之间仅通过过流部进行过流，这样无需利用凸出部1421进行过流，也减少凸出部1421与过流部交界处的产热风险，有利于提高电池单体100的快充性能。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一连接部31与过渡部1422之间采用焊接方式进行连接，其连接方式简单，有利于方便第一极片1的制作；另外，沿第二方向，过渡部1422的尺寸大，过渡部1422的过流能力好，第一连接部31与第一导电部141之间可直接利用过渡部1422过流，这样可减少凸出部1421和过流部之间的过流压力，甚至无需凸出部1421过流，降低了产热风险，有利于提高电池单体100的快充性能。
在一些实施例中，第一焊印51可仅为第一焊印部511，即第一连接部31与凸出部1421焊接，而不与过渡部1422焊接。
在一些实施例中，第一焊印51可仅为第二焊印部512，即第一连接部31与过渡部1422焊接，而不与凸出部1421焊接。
在一些实施例中，沿第二方向，过渡部1422的尺寸为L2，第二焊印部512的尺寸为L3，0.8≤L3/L2≤1。
0.8≤L3/L2≤1，沿第二方向，第二焊印部512的尺寸L3可小于或者等于过渡部1422的尺寸L2，第二焊印部512的尺寸L3大于过渡部1422的尺寸L2的0.8倍以上，第二焊印部512的尺寸L3超过过渡部1422的尺寸L2的一半以上，第二焊印部512的尺寸L3越长，过渡部1422与第一连接部31的焊接面积也就越大，过渡部1422与第一连接部31连接处的过流能力也就越好。
在一些示例中，0.8≤L3/L2＜1，沿第二方向，第二焊印部512可位于过渡部1422的中间位置，第二焊印部512的两端不与过渡部1422齐平。
在一些示例中，0.8≤L2/L1＜1，沿第二方向，第二焊印部512与也可偏向过渡部1422的一端设置，使得过渡部1422的一端与过渡部1422齐平，另一端不齐平，或者两端均不齐平。
L3/L2的值可以但不限于0.8、1或者位于0.8～1之间的任意值。示例地，L3/L2的值可以但不限于0.8、0.85、0.9、0.95、1。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，0.8≤L3/L2≤1的设计，使得沿第二方向，第二焊印部512的尺寸较大，有利于提高第一连接部31与过渡部1422之间的焊接面积，提高第一连接部31与过渡部1422连接处的过流能力，提高第一极片1的过流能力，降低产热，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，L3＝L2。
L3/L2＝1，沿第二方向，第二焊印部512的尺寸L3等于过渡部1422的尺寸L2，第二方向，第二焊印部512的两端与过渡部1422齐平。
在一些示例中，凸出部1421与过渡部1422同时与第一连接部31焊接，从而形成整个焊印，第一连接部31焊接到过渡部1422，可有效地增加第一连接部31和金属层12的焊接面积，提高第一连接部31与金属层12之间的过流面积，有利于提高第一连接部31与金属层12之间过流能力。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，L3/L2＝1的设计，使得第二焊印部512沿第二方向的尺寸较大，有利于将第一连接部31与过渡部1422之间的焊接面积设计到较大，第一连接部31与过渡部1422连接处的过流能力最好，可有效地提高第一极片1的过流能力，降低产热，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，凸出部1421的数量为多个，多个凸出部1421沿第二方向间隔设置；第一连接部31包括第二连接子部312和多个第一连接子部311，多个第一连接子部311沿第二方向间隔设置，各第一连接子部311一一对应地覆盖于各凸出部1421；第二连接部32的数量为多个，沿第一方向，各第一连接子部311的一侧与各第二连接部32一一对应连接，各第一连接子部311的另一侧均连接于第二连接子部312，第二连接子部312沿第二方向连续设置；第二连接子部312焊接于过渡部1422背向绝缘基体11的表面。
第二连接子部312可以是指第一连接部31覆盖于过渡部1422上的部分；第二连接子部312沿第二方向连续设置，示例地，沿第二方向，第二连接子部312从过渡部1422的一侧边延伸至过渡部1422的另一侧。
第二连接子部312焊接于过渡部1422背向绝缘基体11的表面形成第二焊印部512。
在一些示例中，在裁切导电构件30的过程中，先沿第二方向在等宽焊印上进行裁切，然后沿背向活性物质层20的方向进行裁切直至离开等宽焊印后，继续沿背向活性物质层20的方向裁切一段距离后，再沿第二方向继续裁切一段距离后，再沿朝向活性物质层20的方向裁切直至裁切等宽焊印一段距离后，然后在等宽焊印上沿第二方向继续裁切，如此往复循环，即可为得到第一焊印51；其中，以在等宽焊印上沿第二方向裁切的裁切位置为基准，沿第一方向，第一焊印51位于裁切位置朝向活性物质层20的侧部的部分为第二焊印部512，而位于裁切位置背向活性物质层20的侧部的部分为第一焊印部511，第一焊印部511可以为第二焊印部512背向活性物质层20的凸出结构；而在裁切完成后，在沿背向活性物质层20的方向到沿朝向活性物质层20的方向的裁切过程中，集流体10的金属层12切出凸出部1421，导电构件30切出第二连接部32和第一连接子部311，而在沿第二方向裁切的过程中，位于凸出部1421和活性物质层20之间的部分形成过渡部1422，导电构件30切出第二连接子部312。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二连接子部312沿第二方向连续设置，可将多个第一连接子部311连接为一个整体，第二连接子部312可对第一连接子部311起到良好的支撑作用，可减少第一连接子部311折弯时到插入第一极片1和第二极片2之间的风险，减少短路风险，有利于提高电池单体100的使用可靠性；另外，沿第二方向，第二连接子部312的尺寸大，有利于提高第二连接子部312与过渡部1422之间的焊接面积，有利于提高第一连接部31与过渡部1422连接处的过流能力，提高第一极片1的过流 能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，沿第二方向，第一焊印部511的尺寸L4小于第二焊印部512的尺寸L3。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿第二方向，第二焊印部512的尺寸L3大，过渡部1422与第一连接部31的焊接面积大，有利于提高第一连接部31和过渡部1422的过流能力，有利于提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，凸出部1421的数量为多个，多个凸出部1421沿第二方向间隔设置，每个凸出部1421均与第一连接部31焊接并形成第一焊印部511。
凸出部1421的数量为多个，例如：两个、三个、四个等；多个凸出部1421沿第二方向间隔设置。
在一些示例中，在第一极片1卷绕或堆叠后，多个凸出部1421层叠在一起，同时多个第二连接部32也层叠在一起，从而打破了绝缘基体11的绝缘限制，可有效地提高第一极片1的导电能力，提高电池装置1100单体的快充性能，降低电池装置1100单体的产热，提高电池装置1100单体的使用可靠性金属层12。
多个凸出部1421沿第二方向间隔设置，使得沿第二方向，所有凸出部1421的尺寸l1之和小于过渡部1422的尺寸L2，所有第一焊印部511的尺寸L4之和小于第二焊印部512的尺寸L3，第二焊印部512的尺寸L3大，有利于提高过渡部1422与第一连接部31的焊接面积，有利于提高过渡部1422与导电构件30连接处的过流能力，有利于提高第一极片1的过流能力，降低产热，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在多个第一焊印部511中，沿第二方向，可有部分的第一焊印部511的尺寸L4可相同，也可所有的第一焊印部511的尺寸L4完全不同，也可是所有第一焊印部511的尺寸L4均相同。
在一些示例中，第二焊印部512和第一焊印部511直接连接。
第二焊印部512和第一焊印部511形成整块的第一焊印51，两者之间不存在明显分界线；整块的第一焊印51可覆盖在凸出部1421和过渡部1422的交界处；在实际的制作过程中，第二焊印部512和第一焊印部511利用上述的等宽焊印裁切形成。
在一些示例中，第二焊印部512和第一焊印部511采用焊点的结构形式，第二焊印部512中的焊点间距与第一焊印部511的焊点间距相同；示例地，第二焊印部512和第一焊印部511内的焊点未焊接到凸出部1421和过渡部1422的交界线上，第二焊印部512和第一焊印部511相邻两个焊点之间的间距等于第二焊印部512内的焊点间距；示例地，焊点焊接到凸出部1421和过渡部1422的交界线，从而将第二焊印部512和第一焊印部511连接为整块焊印。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，使得第一焊印51可覆盖在凸出部1421和过渡部1422的交界处，一部分的电流可直接经过渡部1422流到第一连接部31上，减少凸出部1421和过渡部1422的交界处的过流压力，有利于提高第一极片1的过流能力，降低产热，有利于提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，电极组件101还包括绝缘件40，绝缘件40包括第一绝缘部41，第一绝缘部41覆盖于第二导电部142背向绝缘基体11的表面，整个第一绝缘部41位于第一焊印51与活性物质层20之间。
绝缘件40可以是指能够绝缘的部件，绝缘件40包括第一绝缘部41，第一绝缘部41可以是指覆盖于金属层12背向活性物质层20的表面的绝缘部件；第一绝缘部41可以但不限于绝缘涂层、绝缘胶(例如：热熔胶)或绝缘胶带。
沿集流体10的厚度方向，第一绝缘部41不与第一焊印51重合，第一绝缘部41与第一焊印51间隔设置，使得第一连接部31不会焊接到第一绝缘部41上，有利于减少第一连接部31和金属层12之间的虚焊风险；或者，第一绝缘部41与第一焊印51仅在边缘重合，第一焊印51的边缘与第一绝缘部41的边缘相重合，造成虚焊的风险小，第一连接部31和金属层12之间的焊接可靠性好。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一绝缘部41可将第二导电部142背向绝缘基体11的表面与其他部件绝缘隔开，有利于提高电池单体100的使用可靠性；也有利于提高第一连接部31与金属层12的连接可靠性，也有利于提高过流能力。
在一些实施例中，第一绝缘部41位于第一连接部31和活性物质层20之间。
在一些示例中，整个第一绝缘部41均位于第一连接部31和活性物质层20之间。
在一些示例中，在第一连接部31仅与凸出部1421焊接，第一连接部31与过渡部1422间隔设置的 情况下，第一绝缘部41的一部分覆盖于第一凸出子部14211，另一部分覆盖于过渡部1422上，当然在其他示例中，第一绝缘部41可仅覆盖在过渡部1422上。
在一些示例中，在凸出部1421和过渡部1422均与第一连接部31焊接的情况下，第一绝缘部41覆盖于过渡部1422。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一绝缘部41可对第二导电部142位于第一连接部31和活性物质层20之间的部分起到支撑作用，可减少这部分在电池装置1100制作过程中出现的裂纹、断裂等损伤，有利于提高这部分的电子传输能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性；另外，第一绝缘部41也可实现这部分的绝缘，减少电池单体100的短路风险，提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，绝缘件40还包括第二绝缘部42，第二绝缘部42的至少部分覆盖于第一焊印51。
第二绝缘部42可以是指覆盖于第一焊印51的绝缘部件，第一绝缘部41和第二绝缘部42可以是一体成型结构，也可以是单独两个部件连接。
第二绝缘部42可以但不限于绝缘涂层、绝缘胶(例如：热熔胶)或绝缘胶带。
第一绝缘部41的一部分可覆盖于第一焊印51，另一部分覆盖于第一绝缘部41或者活性物质层20，或者，整个第一绝缘部41覆盖于第一焊印51。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一焊印51的表面会产生尖端凸起、金属碎屑等部件，第二绝缘部42覆盖于第一焊印51的表面，可阻挡尖端凸起、金属碎屑与第二极片2接触，减少电池单体100的短路风险，提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第二绝缘部42的一侧覆盖于第一焊印51，第二绝缘部42的另一侧覆盖第一绝缘部41的至少部分区域。
可以理解的是，第二绝缘部42的一侧覆盖于第一焊印51，第二绝缘部42的另一侧可覆盖于整个第一绝缘部41，也可覆盖第一绝缘部41的一部分，甚至完全覆盖到活性物质层20。
在一些示例中，第二绝缘部42除了覆盖第一焊印51和第一绝缘部41的至少部分区域外，第二绝缘部42还可覆盖第一连接部31位于第一绝缘部41和第一焊印51之间的部分，绝缘件40的覆盖更为全面，更有利于减少短路风险，有利于提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二绝缘部42和第一绝缘部41共同覆盖在第二导电部142，可实现双层绝缘，有利于降低电池单体100的短路风险，有利于提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，电极组件101还包括绝缘件40，绝缘件40包括第二绝缘部42，第二绝缘部42的至少部分覆盖于第一焊印51。
可以理解的是，绝缘件40包括第二绝缘部42，绝缘件40可不包括第一绝缘部41，或者，绝缘件40可包括第一绝缘部41和第二绝缘部42。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一焊印51的表面会产生尖端凸起、金属碎屑等部件，第二绝缘部42覆盖于第一焊印51的表面，可阻挡尖端凸起、金属碎屑与第二极片2接触，减少电池单体100的短路风险，提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，第二绝缘部42的一侧覆盖于第一焊印51，第二绝缘部42的另一侧覆盖于活性物质层20的至少部分。
第二绝缘部42的一侧覆盖于第一焊印51，第二绝缘部42的另一侧可直接覆盖在活性物质层20的一部分，也可覆盖整个活性物质层20；示例地，第二绝缘部42可覆盖于第一活性物质部21背向第二活性物质部22的端部，这样可利用第一活性物质部21给第二绝缘部42提供安装空间，减少第一活性物质部21背向绝缘基体11的表面凸出第二活性物质部22背向绝缘基体11的表面的风险；当然，第二绝缘部42可完全覆盖于第一活性物质部21和第二活性物质部22的一部分，也可覆盖整个活性物质层20。
在一些示例中，第二导电部142覆盖有第一绝缘部41，第二绝缘部42完全覆盖第一绝缘部41后，还可延伸至活性物质层20上，以覆盖活性物质层20。
在一些示例中，第二导电部142未覆盖有第一绝缘部41，第二绝缘部42从第一焊印51延伸至活性物质层20，这样可覆盖第二导电部142位于导电构件30和活性物质层20之间的部分，减少这部分短路的风险，有利于提高电池单体100的使用可靠性，另外，也可省去第一绝缘部41，节约成本，同时，还可利用活性物质层20覆盖于原来的第一绝缘部41的位置，这样可增加活性物质层20的快充性能和使用可靠性，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二绝缘部42从第一焊印51延伸至活性物质层20上，第二绝缘 部42的覆盖面积广，绝缘效果好。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，绝缘件40覆盖于活性物质层20的部分的尺寸为H，其中，0.2mm≤H≤1.0mm，可选地，0.3mm≤H≤0.8mm。
在一些示例中，H的值可为0.2mm、1mm或者位于0.2mm～1.0mm之间的任意值，示例地，H的值可以但不限于0.2mm、0.3mm、0.4mm、0.6mm、0.8mm、0.9mm、1mm。
H≥0.2mm的设计，使得绝缘件40能够覆盖活性物质层20朝向导电部14的端部，绝缘件40可阻挡活性物质层20朝向导电部14的端部处的毛刺，提高电池单体100的使用可靠性；H≤1.0mm的设计，使得绝缘件40覆盖在活性物质层20的部分不至于太大，有利于减少绝缘件40的重量和体积，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些示例中，绝缘件40包括第一绝缘部41，第一绝缘部41覆盖于活性物质层20朝向导电部14的端部，第一绝缘部41覆盖于活性物质层20的部分可以是指第一绝缘部41与活性物质层20形成的互溶区，这样第一绝缘部41的固定更为稳定。
在一些示例中，绝缘件40包括第二绝缘部42，第二绝缘部42覆盖于活性物质层20朝向延伸部的端部。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿第一方向，绝缘件40覆盖于活性物质层20的部分的尺寸合理，可同时兼顾阻挡活性物质层20靠近导电部14的端部处的毛刺和电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，0.3mm≤H≤0.8mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿第一方向，第二绝缘部42覆盖于活性物质层20的部分的尺寸更合理，可更好地兼顾阻挡活性物质层20靠近导电部14的端部处的毛刺和电池单体100的能量密度问题。
在一些实施例中，金属层12的数量为两个，两个金属层12设于绝缘基体11沿集流体10的厚度方向的相对两侧，活性物质层20的数量为两个，两个活性物质层20分别覆盖于两个金属层12；导电构件30的数量为两个，两个导电构件30的第一连接部31分别焊接于两个金属层12的第二导电部142并形成两个第一焊印51；绝缘件40的数量为两个，两个绝缘件40的第二绝缘部42分别覆盖于两个第一焊印51的至少部分。
金属层12的数量、绝缘件40的数量和导电构件30的数量均为两个，两个金属层12分别覆盖于绝缘基体11沿厚度方向的相对两侧，两个活性物质层20分别覆盖于两个金属层12的第一导电部141和导电主体部13上；一个导电构件30的第一连接部31焊接于其中一个金属层12的第二导电部142背向绝缘基体11的表面并形成第一焊印51，另一个导电构件30的第一连接部31焊接于另一个金属层12的第二导电部142也形成第一焊印51，两个绝缘件40的第二绝缘部42覆盖于两个第一焊印51。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，两个导电构件30的第一连接部31分别与位于绝缘基体11相对两侧的金属层12焊接，且两个导电构件30的第二连接部32位于第二导电部142背向第一导电部141的侧部，这样可利用两个导电构件30的第二连接部32将两个导电部14直接连接，从而打破绝缘基体11的绝缘限制，可有效地提高第一极片1的导电能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能，降低产热，提高电池单体100的使用可靠性金属层12。
在一些实施例中，第一部分421覆盖于第一焊印51，沿导电主体部13指向导电部14的方向，第二部分422凸出于第二导电部142的侧面，第二部分422位于第二连接部32沿第二方向的侧部，其中，第二方向垂直于第一方向和集流体10的厚度方向。
在一些示例中，绝缘件40为等宽结构，绝缘件40沿第一极片1的长度方向覆盖在导电构件30和导电部14；而沿集流体10的厚度方向，第二绝缘部42位于导电部14和导电构件30的投影范围内的部分为第一部分421，第二绝缘部42位于导电部14和导电构件30的投影范围外并位于导电部14背向导电主体部13的侧部的部分为第二部分422。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿导电主体部13指向导电部14的方向，第二导电部142远离活性物质层20的侧面处的金属碎屑等部件可位于两个绝缘件40的第二部分422之间，这样可减少金属碎屑掉入电极组件101内的风险，有利于减少短路风险。
在一些实施例中，两个绝缘件40的第二部分422相贴合。
在一些示例中，两个绝缘件40的第二部分422于过渡部1422未延伸出凸出部1421的镂空区，两个绝缘件40的第二部分422可相互靠近进而贴合在一起。
两个绝缘件40的第二部分422之间可粘贴、也可静力吸附在一起，当然还可以是其他贴合方式。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，两个绝缘件40的第二部分422相贴合后，可将第二导电部142侧面处的金属碎屑等部件包覆，使得金属碎屑等部件不容易掉入电极组件101内，可更好地减少电池单体100，短路风险。
在一些实施例中，沿导电主体部13朝向导电部14的方向，两个导电构件30的第二连接部32焊接并形成第二焊印52。
两个导电构件30的第二连接部32可通过超声波焊接、激光焊接等方式进行焊接。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，两个导电构件30的第二连接部32焊接后，可将位于绝缘基体11相对两侧的第二导电部142连接，从而打破绝缘基体11的绝缘限制，可有效地提高第一极片1的导电能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能，降低产热，提高电池单体100的使用可靠性金属层12。
在一些实施例中，第二绝缘部42覆盖于第二焊印52，沿导电主体部13指向导电部14的方向，第二绝缘部42凸出于第二焊印52背向导电主体部13的边缘。
沿集流体10的厚度方向，第二焊印52的投影落入第二绝缘部42的投影内，使得第二绝缘部42能够将第二焊印52完全覆盖。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二绝缘部42可将第二焊印52完全覆盖，可阻挡第二焊印52上的毛刺、金属碎屑等部件刺穿隔离件3而与第二极片2连接，减少短路风险，提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，电极组件101包括与第一极片1极性相反的第二极片2，第二极片2包括主体功能部210和极耳部220，极耳部220沿第一方向凸出主体功能部210；沿导电主体部13指向导电部14的方向，主体功能部210凸出于绝缘件40朝向活性物质层20的端面，主体功能部210不凸出于绝缘件40远离活性物质层20的端面。
第二极片2可以是指与第一极片1极性相反的极片，其中，第一极片1为正极片，第二极片2为负极片，或者，第一极片1为负极片，第二极片2为正极片。第一极片1和第二极片2可层叠后进行卷绕，从而形成卷绕式电极组件101；多个第一极片1和多个第二极片2层叠设置，从而叠片式的电极组件101。
第二极片2包括主体功能部210和极耳部220，主体功能部210可以是指第二极片2的主体部分，极耳部220可以是指第二极片2凸出主体功能部210的部分；在第二极片2为负极片的情况下，极耳部220可以是指位于上述的负极集流体10边部的凸出结构，主体功能部210可以包括负极集流体10除凸出结构之外的部分以及负极活性物质层20。在第二极片2为正极片的情况下，极耳部220可以是指位于上述的正极集流体10边部的凸出结构，主体功能部210可以包括正极集流体10除凸出结构之外的部分以及正极活性物质层20。
第二极片2的制作过程中，第二极片2的边部进行模切，从而得到极耳部220和主体功能部210，而在模切的过程中，导致主体功能部210朝向极耳部220的端面易于产生毛刺。
示例地，沿集流体10的厚度方向，主体功能部210靠近极耳部220的端面的投影落入第一绝缘部41的投影内或者第二绝缘部42的投影内。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，绝缘件40可阻挡第二极片2的主体功能部210靠近极耳部220的端面处的毛刺刺穿隔离件3而与第一极片1连接，减少第一极片1和第二极片2短路风险，有利于提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，第二绝缘部42与第一极片1连接。
第二绝缘部42可与金属层12连接，也可与导电构件30连接，还可活性物质层20连接，其中，第二绝缘部42可通过粘接或者贴付等方式连接在第一极片1上。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二绝缘部42连接在第一极片1上，第二绝缘部42可得到固定，从而可稳定阻挡毛刺、金属碎屑等部件，有利于降低电池单体100的短路风险，有利于提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
请一并参阅图22和图23所示，在一些实施例中，第二绝缘部42包括绝缘基层423和粘接层424，粘接层424粘接于绝缘基层423和第一极片1之间。
第二绝缘部42采用胶带的结构形式；绝缘基层423可以是指第二绝缘部42的主体部分，粘接层424可以是指覆盖于绝缘基层423表面的粘接剂，绝缘基层423的材料包括聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯(PET)、聚丙烯、聚乙烯及其嵌段共聚物中的至少一种。粘接层424的材料包括聚丙烯酸酯、丁苯橡胶、聚异丁烯或丁基橡胶中的至少一种。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二绝缘部42采用胶带的结构形式，胶带易于全面覆盖，有利于减少漏覆盖的风险，有利于降低电池单体100内部短路风险；绝缘基层423可提高第二绝缘部42的结构强度，减少第二绝缘部42贴合过程中的变形，有利于提高绝缘效果；粘接层424可将绝缘基层423稳定固定在第一极片1上，减少绝缘带不动的脱落风险。
在一些实施例中，绝缘基层423的层厚范围为6μm～15μm。
绝缘基层423的层厚为T1，6μm≤T1≤15μm，可以理解的是，T1的值可以为6μm、15μm以及位于6μm～15μm之间的任意值，示例地，T1的值可以但不限于6μm、7μm、8μm、9μm、10μm、11μm、12μm、13μm、14μm、15μm、16μm。
T1≥6μm的设计，使得绝缘基层423具有一定厚度能够阻挡毛刺，实现绝缘；T1≤15μm的设计，使得绝缘基层423的厚度不至于过大，有利于降低第二绝缘部42所占用的体积，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，可同时兼顾电池单体100的内部绝缘和能量密度。
在一些实施例中，粘接层424的层厚范围为0.5μm～3μm。
粘接层424的层厚为T2，0.5μm≤T2≤3μm，可以理解的是，T2的值可以为0.3μm、3μm以及位于0.3μm～3μm之间的任意值，示例地，T2的值可以但不限于0.3μm、0.5μm、1μm、1.5μm、2μm、2.5μm、3μm。
T2≥0.5μm的设计，使得粘接层424具有一定厚度，使得第二绝缘部42能够稳定地粘接在第一极片1上，第二绝缘部42的绝缘可靠性好；T2≤3μm的设计，使得粘接层424的厚度不至于过大，有利于降低第二绝缘部42所占用的体积，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，可同时兼顾电池单体100的绝缘可靠性和能量密度。
在一些实施例中，绝缘基层423的层厚范围为6μm～15μm；粘接层424的层厚范围为0.5μm～3μm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，可同时兼顾电池单体100的绝缘可靠性和能量密度。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，绝缘件40的尺寸为S，其中，3mm≤S≤9mm。
在一些示例中，绝缘件40包括第二绝缘部42，S等于第二绝缘部42沿第一方向的尺寸。
在一些示例中，绝缘件40包括第二绝缘部42和第一绝缘部41，S等于第二绝缘部42和绝缘涂布沿第一方向的整体尺寸。
3mm≤S≤9mm，可以理解的是，S的值可以为3mm、9mm以及位于3mm～9mm之间的任意值，示例地，S的值可以但不限于3mm、4mm、4.5mm、5mm、6mm、6.5mm、7mm、8mm、9mm。
S≥3mm的设计，使得沿第一方向，绝缘件40具有一定的尺寸，有利于电池单体100的内部绝缘；S≤9mm的设计，使得绝缘件40沿第一方向的尺寸S不至于过大，有利于降低绝缘件40所占用的体积，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，可同时兼顾电池单体100的绝缘可靠性和能量密度。
在一些实施例中，4.5mm≤S≤6.5mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，沿第一方向，绝缘件40的尺寸S较为合理，可较好地兼顾电池单体100的绝缘可靠性和能量密度。
在一些实施例中，电极组件101包括与第一极片1极性相反的第二极片2，第二极片2包括主体功能部210和极耳部220，极耳部220沿第一方向凸出于主体功能部210；沿导电主体部13指向导电部14的方向，主体功能部210凸出于导电部14背向导电主体部13的端面。
在一些示例中，沿集流体10的厚度方向上，主体功能部210朝向极耳部220的端面的投影与金属层12的投影不重合，且第二极片2的主体功能部210朝向极耳部220的端面处的毛刺与金属层12未延伸出第二连接部32的镂空区相对应。
在一些示例中，沿集流体10的厚度方向上，第一焊印51的投影可落入主体功能部210的投影内，而第一焊印51可覆盖有第二绝缘部42，使得第二绝缘部42可阻挡第一焊印51上的毛刺、金属碎屑等部件刺穿隔离件3而与第二极片2连接，减少短路风险，提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二极片2的主体功能部210朝向极耳部220的端面处的毛刺与金属层12未延伸出第二连接部32的镂空区相对应，也可减少电池单体100的短路风险，提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一焊印51与活性物质层20的间距为S1，其中，0.5mm≤S1≤5mm。
S1≥0.3mm的设计，使得第一焊印51与活性物质层20存在间距，导电构件30不会焊接到活性物质层20上，减少虚焊等问题的风险；S1≤5mm的设计，使得第一焊印51与活性物质层20之间的间距不至于过大，有利于提高活性物质层20在金属层12上的覆盖面积，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
S1的值可以为0.3mm、5mm以及位于0.3mm～5mm之间的任意值，示例地，S1的值可以但不限于0.3mm、0.5mm、1mm、2mm、2.5mm、2.8mm、3mm、4mm、5mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，0.3mm≤S1≤5mm的设计，使得第一焊印51不会焊接到活性物质层20上，减少虚焊等问题，有利于提高第一连接部31与金属层12的连接可靠性，另外，活性物质层20与第一焊印51的间距小，活性物质层20可较为接近第一焊印51，那么在金属层12在第一方向的尺寸一定的情况下，活性物质层20可覆盖的区域更多，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，0.5mm≤S1≤2.8mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，0.5mm≤S1≤2.8mm的设计，活性物质层20和第一焊印51的距离更为合理，可更好地兼顾导电构件30的连接可靠性和电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一焊印51与第一连接部31朝向活性物质层20的端面间隔设置。
在一些示例中，第一极片1为正极片，第一焊印51与活性物质层20之间存在间隙，该间隙可用于给导电构件30与活性物质层20之间提供间隔空间，以减少导电构件30与活性物质层20的接触而导致析锂等风险，另外，还可以给第一焊印51与第一连接部31朝向活性物质层20的端面提供间隔空间，使得第一焊印51不会延伸到第一连接部31朝向活性物质层20处，减少第一连接部31朝向活性物质层20的端面处被焊穿或焊裂等风险，有利于减少焊接产生的毛刺，有利于提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
在一些示例中，第一极片1为负极片，第一焊印51与活性物质层20之间存在间隙，可以给第一焊印51与第一连接部31朝向活性物质层20的端面提供间隔空间，使得第二焊印52部不会延伸到第一连接部31朝向活性物质层20的端面处，减少第一连接部31朝向活性物质层20的端面处被焊穿或焊裂等风险，有利于减少焊接产生的毛刺，有利于提高电池单体100的使用可靠性；其中，导电构件30可与活性物质层20相接，也可不相接。
第一焊印51与第一连接部31朝向活性物质层20的端面之间存在间隙，使得第一焊印51不会延伸到第一连接部31朝向活性物质层20的端面处，减少第一连接部31朝向活性物质层20的端面处被焊穿或焊裂等风险，有利于减少焊接产生的毛刺，有利于提高电池单体100的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一焊印51与第一连接部31朝向活性物质层20的端面之间的间距为S2，其中，0.3mm≤S2≤1.2mm。
S2≥1.2mm的设计，使得第一焊印51与第一连接部31朝向活性物质层20的端面存在间距，使得第一焊印51不会延伸到第一连接部31朝向活性物质层20的端面处，减少第一连接部31朝向活性物质层20的端面处被焊穿或焊裂等风险；S2≤1.2mm的设计，使得第一焊印51与第一连接部31朝向活性物质层20的端面之间的间距不至于过大，有利于提高活性物质层20在金属层12上的覆盖面积，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
S2的值可以为0.3mm、1.2mm以及位于0.3mm～1.2mm之间的任意值，示例地，S2的值可以但不限于0.3mm、0.6mm、0.8mm、1mm、1.2mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，可较好地兼顾电池单体100的使用可靠性和能量密度。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，导电部14的尺寸为W4，导电主体部13的尺寸为W5，其中，0.01≤W4/W5≤0.8。
导电主体部13的尺寸W5可以是指导电主体部13的宽度。
0.01≤W4/W5≤0.8，可以理解的是，W4/W5的值可以为0.01、0.8以及0.01～0.8之间的任意值；示例地，W4/W5的值可以但不限于0.01、0.02、0.05、0.08、0.1、0.2、0.3、0.4、0.5、0.6、0.7、0.8。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，0.01≤W4/W5≤0.8的设计，使得沿第一方向，导电部14的尺寸与导电主体部13的尺寸的比值设置合理，可提高导电部14处的过流能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性，另外，沿第一方向，导电部14的尺寸不至于太大，有利于降低导电部14的占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，0.05≤W4/W5≤0.6。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，0.05≤W4/W5≤0.6的设计，使得沿第一方向，导电部14的尺寸与导电主体部13的尺寸的比值设置更合理，可提高导电部14处的过流能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能 和使用可靠性，另外，沿第一方向，导电部14的尺寸不至于太大，有利于降低导电部14的占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，导电主体部13的厚度为t1，导电部14的最大厚度为t4，其中，0.2μm≤t4-t1≤4.5μm。
示例地，导电部14的最大厚度t4可等于第二导电部142的厚度。
t4-t1，可以是指导电部14与导电主体部13的厚度之差，以表征导电部14的加厚程度。
0.2μm≤t4-t1≤4.5μm，可以理解的是，t4-t1的值可以为0.2μm、4.5μm以及0.2μm～4.5μm之间的任意值；示例地，t4-t1的值可以但不限于0.2μm、0.3μm、0.1μm、0.5μm、1μm、1.5μm、1.75μm、2μm、3μm、4μm、4.5μm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，0.2μm≤t4-t1≤4.5μm的设计，导电部14的最大厚度与导电主体部13的厚度的差值位于合理范围内，可提高导电部14处的过流能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性，另外，导电部14的厚度不至于太大，有利于降低导电部14的占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，0.3μm≤t4-t1≤1.75μm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，0.3μm≤t4-t1≤1.75μm的设计，导电部14的最大厚度与导电主体部13的厚度的差值位于更合理范围内，可提高导电部14处的过流能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性，另外，导电部14的厚度不至于太大，有利于降低导电部14的占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，导电主体部13的厚度为t1，导电部14的最大厚度为t4，其中，1＜t1/t4≤4，可选地，1.5＜t1/t4≤2.5。
t1/t4，可以是指导电部14的厚度与导电主体部13的厚度的比值，也可以表征导电部14的加厚程度。
1＜t1/t4≤4，可以理解的是，t1/t4的值可以为4以及1～4之间的任意值；示例地，t1/t4的值可以但不限于1.1、1.5、2、2.5、3、3.5、4。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，1＜t1/t4≤4的设计，导电部14的最大厚度与导电主体部13的厚度的比值位于合理范围内，可提高导电部14处的过流能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性，另外，导电部14的厚度不至于太大，有利于降低导电部14的占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，1.5＜t1/t4≤2.5。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，1.5＜t1/t4≤2.5的设计，导电部14的最大厚度与导电主体部13的厚度的比值位于更合理范围内，可提高导电部14处的过流能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性，另外，导电部14的厚度不至于太大，有利于降低导电部14的占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，导电部14的厚度为t4，其中，1μm≤t4≤5μm。
1μm≤t4≤5μm，可以理解的是，t4的值可以为1μm、5μm以及1μm～5μm之间的任意值；示例地，t4的值可以但不限于1μm、1.1μm、1.2μm、1.5μm、2μm、2.5μm、3μm、3.5μm、4μm、5μm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，1μm≤t4≤5μm的设计，导电部14的厚度设计合理，可提高导电部14处的过流能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性，另外，导电部14的厚度不至于太大，有利于降低导电部14的占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，1.2μm≤t4≤3.5μm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，1.2μm≤t4≤3.5μm的设计，导电部14的厚度设计更合理，可提高导电部14处的过流能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性，另外，导电部14的厚度不至于太大，有利于降低导电部14的占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，导电部14包括第一主体段143和第一过渡段144，第一过渡段144连接于第一主体段143和导电主体部13之间，第一过渡段144的厚度大于导电主体部13的厚度；第一主体段143的厚度大于第一过渡段144的厚度；第一过渡段144的至少部分覆盖有活性物质层20。
第一主体段143可以是指导电部14的主体部分，第一主体段143大体为等厚结构，第一过渡段144可以是指导电部14连接于第一主体段143和导电主体部13之间的部分；示例地，第一主体段143可包括上述的第二导电部142以及上述的第二段，第一过渡段144可为上述的第一段。
第一过渡段144可部分覆盖有活性物质层20，也可全部覆盖有活性物质层20。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一过渡段144的设置，可减少金属层12的应力集中，可降低金属层12成型过程中出现裂纹的风险，可改善导电部14的过流能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性，也方便加工制作。
在一些实施例中，沿导电主体部13指向导电部14的方向，第一过渡段144的厚度递增设置。
沿导电主体部13指向导电部14的方向，第一过渡段144的厚度可呈阶梯状递增，也可缓慢递增。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，可更好地减少金属层12的应力集中，可更好地降低金属层12成型过程中出现裂纹的风险，可改善导电部14的过流能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性，也方便加工制作。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，第一过渡段144的尺寸为W6，其中，4mm≤W6≤50mm，可选的，5mm≤W6≤34mm。
第一过渡段144的尺寸W6可以是指第一过渡段144的宽度。
4mm≤W6≤50mm，可以理解的是，W6的值可以为4mm、50μm以及4mm～50μm之间的任意值；示例地，W6的值可以但不限于4mm、5mm、8mm、10mm、20mm、25mm、30mm、33mm、34mm、37mm、40mm、45mm、50mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，4mm≤W6≤50mm的设计，第一过渡段144沿第一方向的尺寸设计合理，可减少金属层12的应力集中，可降低金属层12成型过程中出现裂纹的风险，可改善导电部14的过流能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性，也方便加工制作另外，第一过渡段144沿第一方向的尺寸也不至于过大，减少导电部14所占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，5mm≤W6≤34mm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，5mm≤W6≤34mm的设计，第一过渡段144沿第一方向的尺寸设计更合理，可减少金属层12的应力集中，可降低金属层12成型过程中出现裂纹的风险，可改善导电部14的过流能力，提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性，也方便加工制作另外，第一过渡段144沿第一方向的尺寸也不至于过大，减少导电部14所占用空间和重量，有利于提高电池单体100的能量密度。
在一些实施例中，第一极片1还包括导电保护层60，导电保护层60的至少部分位于活性物质层20和金属层12之间。
导电保护层60可以是指设于活性物质层20与金属层12之间的一层导电结构，该导电结构能够导电，使得电池单体100的能够输出或输入电能。
导电保护层60的一部分位于活性物质层20和金属层12之间，另一部分覆盖于金属层12并凸出活性物质层20之外；示例地，导电保护层60的一部分覆盖于导电主体部13和第一导电部141上，导电保护层60的另一部分覆盖于第二导电部142靠近第一导电部141的部分区域上。
示例地，导电保护层60内可含有导电炭黑和粘结剂，一方面在活性物质和金属层之间起缓冲润滑作用，能缓解第一极片1辊压过程活性物质层20中的颗粒对金属层12的损伤；另一方面，导电炭黑可以降低颗粒和金属层12之间的接触电阻，有利于提高电池单体100的使用性能。
在第一极片1的辊压过程中，金属层12的厚度较薄，活性物质层20中的颗粒会对金属层12产生损伤，从而导致金属层12容易出现裂纹等问题，而本申请实施例的导电保护层60可将活性物质层20和金属层12隔开同时对金属层12起到防护作用，减少金属层12辊压产生的裂纹，有利于提高金属层12的过流能力。
在一些实施例中，沿导电主体部13指向导电部14的方向，导电保护层60凸出于活性物质层20朝向凸出部1421的端面。
导电保护层60凸出活性物质层20设置，导电保护层60能够将金属层12和活性物质层20完全隔开，另外，还可给活性物质层20辊压过程中提供外延空间，有利于后续得到的导电保护层60能够将金属层12和活性物质层20完全隔开。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，导电保护层60可完全将活性物质层20和金属层12隔开，导电保护层60对金属层12的防护能力更好，第一极片1的过流能力更好，有利于提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，沿导电主体部13指向导电部14的方向，导电保护层60凸出于活性物质层20朝向凸出部1421的端面的凸出距离范围为0.3mm～0.8mm。
导电保护层60凸出于活性物质层20朝向凸出部1421的端面的凸出距离为S3，其中， 0.3mm≤S3≤0.8mm，S3的值可以为0.3mm、0.8mm以及位于0.3mm～0.8mm之间的任意值，例如：S3的值可以但不限于0.3mm、0.4mm、0.5mm、0.6mm、0.7mm、0.8mm。
S3≥0.3mm的设计，可使得导电保护层60可完全将活性物质层20和金属层12隔开，导电保护层60对金属层12的防护能力较好，第一极片1的过流能力更好，有利于提高电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性；S3≤0.8mm的设计，使得导电保护层60不至于太大，而占用空间，有利于节省电池单体100的内部空间，提高电池单体100能量密度。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，可较好地兼顾电池单体100的过流能力和能量密度。
在一些实施例中，沿第一方向，导电保护层60和第一焊印51间隔设置。
在一些示例中，导电保护层60与第一连接部31间隔设置，第一绝缘部41覆盖于导电保护层60位于第一连接部31和活性物质层20之间的部分。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第一连接部31不会焊接到导电保护层60，这样可减少虚焊等风险，有利于提高第一连接部31与金属层12焊接的可靠性。
在一些实施例中，导电保护层60包括第一保护部61和第二保护部62，第一保护部61覆盖于导电主体部13，第二保护部62覆盖于导电部14的至少部分；其中，第二保护部62的厚度小于第一保护部61的厚度。
第一保护部61可以是指导电保护部覆盖于导电主体部13的部分，第二保护部62可以是指导电保护部覆盖于导电部14的部分，其中，第二保护部62可覆盖于导电部14的一部分，也可覆盖于整个导电部14上。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二保护部62的厚度小于第一保护部61的厚度，有利于减小第一保护部61与导电主体部13的厚度之和接近第二保护部62与导电部14的厚度之和，有利于导电保护部背向金属层12的表面接近平面，从而有利于减小辊压损伤，提高金属层12的过流能力；另外，也可减少集流体10的卷绕鼓包问题。
在一些实施例中，导电部14包括第一主体段143和第一过渡段144，第一过渡段144连接于第一主体段143和导电主体部13之间，第一过渡段144的厚度大于导电主体部13的厚度；第一主体段143的厚度大于第一过渡段144的厚度；第二保护部62包括第二主体段621和第二过渡段622，第二过渡段622覆盖于第一过渡段144，第二主体段621覆盖于第一主体段143的至少部分，第二过渡段622的厚度小于第一保护部61的厚度；第二主体段621的厚度小于第二过渡段622的厚度。
第二保护部62根据导电部14的导电主体段和第一过渡段144的分段，将第二保护部62分为两段，其中覆盖于第一主体段143的一段为第二主体段621，覆盖于第一过渡段144的一段为第二过渡段622，其中，第二主体段621可覆盖第一主体段143的一部分，也可覆盖整个第一主体段143。
第二过渡段622的厚度小于第一保护部61的厚度；第二主体段621的厚度小于第二过渡段622的厚度，使得第二主体段621和第二过渡段622能够弥补第一主体段143和第一过渡段144的厚度差，从而有利于第二保护部62背向金属层12的表面接近平面。
示例地，第一保护部61和导电主体部13大体均为等厚结构，第一保护部61的形状与导电主体部13的形状相适配，第二主体段621的形状与第一主体段143的形状相适配，第二主体段621也大体为等厚结构，第二过渡段622的形状与第一过渡段144的形状相适配，这样可更好地适配导电部14的厚度差异。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二保护部62的厚度变化能够弥补导电部14的厚度变化，有利于第二保护部62背向金属层12的表面接近平面，有利于减小辊压损伤，提高金属层12的过流能力；另外，也可减少集流体10的卷绕鼓包问题。
在一些实施例中，沿导电主体部13指向导电部14的方向，第一过渡段144的厚度递增设置，第二过渡段622的厚度递减设置。
沿导电主体部13指向导电部14的方向，第一过渡段144的厚度呈阶梯增厚，对应的第二过渡段622的厚度呈阶梯递减，且两者厚度变化幅度的绝对值相同或者接近相同。沿导电主体部13指向导电部14的方向，第一过渡段144的厚度呈缓慢增厚，对应的第二过渡段622的厚度呈缓慢递减，且两者厚度变化幅度的绝对值相同或者接近相同。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二保护部62的厚度变化与导电部14的厚度相适配，第二保护部62的厚度变化更好地弥补导电部14的厚度变化，更有利于第二保护部62背向金属层12的表面接近平 面，有利于减小辊压损伤，提高金属层12的过流能力；另外，也可减少集流体10的卷绕鼓包问题。
在一些实施例中，第二主体段621的厚度为t5，第一保护部61的厚度为t6，其中，0.03≤t5/t6≤0.95。
t5/t6，可以是指，第二主体段621的厚度与第一保护部61的厚度之比，其可以表征第二主体段621相对于第一保护部61的减薄程度。
0.03≤t5/t6≤0.95，可以理解的是，t5/t6的值可以为0.03、0.95以及0.03～0.95之间的任意值；示例地，t5/t6的值可以但不限于0.03、0.1、0.125、0.15、0.1、0.2、0.3、0.4、0.5、0.6、0.7、0.8、0.9、0.95。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，0.03≤t5/t6≤0.95的设计，导电保护层60的减薄程度合理，能够较好地与导电部14的加厚程度相适配，有利于第二保护部62背向金属层12的表面接近平面，有利于减小辊压损伤，提高金属层12的过流能力。
在一些实施例中，0.125≤t5/t6≤0.8。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，0.03≤t5/t6≤0.95的设计，导电保护层60的减薄程度更合理，能够更好地与导电部14的加厚程度相适配，有利于第二保护部62背向金属层12的表面接近平面，有利于减小辊压损伤，提高金属层12的过流能力。
在一些实施例中，第二主体段621的厚度为t5，其中，0.5μm≤t5≤4μm。
0.5μm≤t5≤4μm，可以理解的是，t5的值可以为0.5μm、4μm以及0.5μm～4μm之间的任意值；示例地，t5的值可以但不限于0.5μm、1μm、1.5μm、2μm、2.5μm、3μm、4μm、5μm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，0.5μm≤t5≤4μm的设置，使得第二主体段621具有一定的厚度，从而减少金属层12开裂风险；另外，也不会因第二主体段621也至于过厚而导致第二主体段621背向金属层12凸出第一保护部61，还可减少材料堆积，减少制作成本。
在一些实施例中，1μm≤t5≤2μm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，1μm≤t5≤2μm的设置，使得第二主体段621具有更合理的厚度，从而更好地减少金属层12开裂风险以及制作成本。
在一些实施例中，绝缘基体11包括第一绝缘基部111和第二绝缘基部112，导电主体部13覆盖于第一绝缘基部111，导电部14覆盖于第二绝缘基部112；导电主体部13的厚度为t1，导电部14的厚度为t4，第一保护部61的厚度为t6，第二保护部62的最小厚度为t7，第一绝缘基部111的厚度为t8，第二绝缘基部112的厚度为t9，其中，-4μm≤(t1+t6+t8/2)-(t4+t7+t9/2)≤4μm。
绝缘基体11分为两个部分，其中覆盖有导电主体部13的部分为第一绝缘基部111，覆盖有导电部14的部分为第二绝缘基部112；绝缘基体11可大体为等厚结构，第一绝缘基体11的厚度t8等于第二绝缘基部112的厚度t9。绝缘基体11也可呈阶梯结构，第一绝缘基体11的厚度t8大于或者小于第二绝缘基部112的厚度t9。
第二保护部62大体为等厚结构，第二保护部62的最小厚度t7等于第二保护部62的厚度；沿导电主体部13指向导电部14的方向，第二保护部62的厚度逐渐递减，第二保护部62的最小厚度t7等于第二保护部62远离第一保护部61的端部的厚度；示例地，第二保护部62的最小厚度t7等于第二主体段621的厚度t5。
t1+t6+t8/2，可以是指集流体10在导电主体部13处的一半厚度；t4+t7+t9/2可以是指集流体10在导电部14处的一半厚度。
-4μm≤(t1+t6+t8/2)-(t4+t7+t9/2)≤4μm，可以理解的是，(t1+t6+t8/2)-(t4+t7+t9/2)的值可以为-4μm、4μm以及-4μm～4μm之间的任意值；示例地，t5的值可以但不限于-4μm、-3μm、-2μm、-1μm、0μm、1μm、2μm、3μm、4μm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，-4μm≤(t1+t6+t8/2)-(t4+t7+t9/2)≤4μm的设计，使得集流体10在导电主体部13处的一半厚度与集流体10在导电部14处的一半厚度的厚度相差不大，有利于导电保护层60背向金属层12的表面有接近平面，有利于减小辊压损伤，提高金属层12的过流能力；另外，也可减少电极组件101的鼓边。
在一些实施例中，-2μm≤(t1+t6+t8/2)-(t2+t7+t8/2)≤2μm。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，-2μm≤(t1+t6+t8/2)-(t2+t7+t8/2)≤2μm的设计，使得集流体10在导电主体部13处的一半厚度与集流体10在导电部14处的一半厚度的厚度更接近，更有利于导电保护层60背向金属层12的表面有接近平面，有利于减小辊压损伤，提高金属层12的过流能力。
在一些实施例中，第二绝缘基部112的厚度小于第一绝缘基部111的厚度。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，第二绝缘基部112的厚度小于第一绝缘基部111的厚度，使得第二绝缘基部112与导电部14的厚度之和接近第一绝缘基部111与导电主体部13的厚度之和，有利于金属层12背向绝缘基体11的表面有接近平面，有利于减小辊压损伤，提高金属层12的过流能力。
在一些实施例中，参阅图3所示，外壳200包括壳体202和端盖201，端盖201盖设于壳体202的开口处，壳体202和端盖201围设形成容纳腔，电极组件101收容于容纳腔，壳体202和端盖201中的至少一个设有电极引出部2011。
电极引出部2011可设于壳体202，也可设于端盖201，或者，端盖201和壳体202上均设有电极引出部2011。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，外壳200采用端盖201和壳体202的结构，电极组件101容易装入外壳200内，方便电池单体100的组装，有利于降低制作成本。
在一些实施例中，电池单体100的容量大于或等于20A·h。
电池单体100的容量是衡量电池单体100性能的重要性能指标之一，它表示在一定条件下(放电率、温度、终止电压等)电池装置1100放出的电量，即电池单体100的容量，通常以安培·小时为单位(简称，以A·h表示，1A·h＝3600C)。示例地，电池单体100的容量可从电池单体100的标识件上直接读取得到。
电池单体100的容量大于或等于20A·h，电池单体100的容量较高，而对电池单体100内的极片过流能力和使用可靠性要求更好，而本申请实施例的电池单体100，金属层12采用导电部14的加厚结构形式，可较好地满足电池单体100的容量大于或等于20A·h的使用需求。
在一些实施例中，第一极片1为正极片，活性物质层20的活性材料包含Ni(镍)元素。
活性物质层20添加Ni(镍)元素后，可提高电池单体100的能量密度，而电池单体100的能量密度高，集流体10的毛刺刺破隔膜与负极片接触短路后，电池单体100容易发生热失控。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，活性物质层20的活性材料包含Ni(镍)元素，可提高电池单体100的能量密度，另外，正极片采用上述的第一极片1的结构形式，第一极片1的集流体10采用复合集流体10的结构形式，可降低电池单体100的内部短路风险，降低了电池单体100发生热失控的风险。
在一些实施例中，金属层12的材料包括铝、铝合金、铜、铜合金、镍、镍合金、钛、钛合金、银和银合金中的一种或多种。
通过采用该实施例的技术方案，金属层12采用上述的材料，有利于提高电池单体100的性能。
以下结合一些实施例对本申请的电池单体100进行说明。
实施例一
在本实施例中，参阅图3～10所示，电池单体100包括端盖201、壳体202和电极组件101，电极组件101安装于壳体202处，端盖201盖合于壳体202的开口处，以密封壳体202，电极组件101包括卷绕设置的第一极片1、第二极片2和隔离件3，隔离件3位于第一极片1和第二极片2之间，第一极片1和第二极片2的极性相反，其中，第一极片1可为正极片，第二极片2为负极片，或者，第一极片1为负极片，第二极片2为正极片。
在本实施例中，端盖201设有电极引出部2011，第一极片1包括集流体10、活性物质层20和导电构件30，集流体10包括绝缘基体11和金属层12，绝缘基体11、金属层12和活性物质层20沿集流体10的厚度方向层叠设置，金属层12的至少部分位于绝缘基体11和活性物质层20之间；其中，金属层12包括导电主体部13和从导电主体部13沿第一方向延伸的导电部14，导电部14的厚度大于导电主体部13的厚度。
在本实施例中，导电部14包括第一导电部141和第二导电部142，第一导电部141连接于第二导电部142和导电主体部13之间；活性物质层20包括相连的第一活性物质部21和第二活性物质部22，第一活性物质部21的厚度小于第二活性物质部22的厚度，第一活性物质部21和第二活性物质部22的一部分覆盖于第一导电部141，第二活性物质部22的另一部分覆盖于导电主体部13。
在本实施例中，第二导电部142包括过渡部1422和多个沿第二方向间隔设置的凸出部1421，过渡部1422连接于凸出部1421和第一导电部141之间，凸出部1421包括第一凸出子部14211和第二凸出子部14212，第一凸出子部14211连接于第二凸出子部14212和过渡部1422之间；沿第二方向，第一凸出子部14211的尺寸大于第二凸出子部14212的尺寸。
导电构件30的第一连接部31焊接于第一凸出子部14211连接于第二凸出子部14212上形成第一焊印部511，导电构件30的第二连接部32与电极引出部2011焊接，第一焊印部511形成第一焊印51。
在本实施例中，电极组件101还包括绝缘件40，绝缘件40包括第一绝缘部41，第一绝缘部41覆盖于第二凸出子部14212靠近活性物质层20的端部和过渡部1422。
实施例二
该实施例与实施例一的不同之处在于：参阅图11～17所示，导电构件30的第一连接部31焊接于凸出部1421背向绝缘基体11的表面形成第一焊印部511，导电构件30的第二连接部32焊接于过渡部1422形成第二焊印部512，第二焊印部512和第一焊印部511共同形成第一焊印51。
在本实施例中，绝缘件40的第二绝缘部42的一侧覆盖于第一焊印51和第二焊印52，绝缘件40的第二绝缘部42的另一侧覆盖于第一绝缘部41。
实施例三
该实施例与实施例二的不同之处在于：参阅图18～21所示，绝缘件40包括第二绝缘部42，第二绝缘部42的一侧覆盖于第一焊印51，第二绝缘部42的另一侧覆盖于活性物质层20的第一活性物质部21。
在一些实施例中，参阅图2所示，提供了一种电池装置1100，包括上述实施例的电池单体100。
本申请实施例的电池装置1100，采用上述的电池单体100，电池单体100的快充性能和使用可靠性好，有利于提高电池装置1100的快充性能和使用可靠性，也有利于提高电池装置1100的使用可靠性。
在一些实施例中，参阅图1所示，提供了一种用电装置，包括如上述实施例的电池装置1100。
本申请实施例的用电装置，采用上述的电池装置1100，电池装置1100的快充性能和使用可靠性好，有利于提高用电装置的续航，也有利于提高用电装置的使用可靠性。
上文对各个实施例的描述倾向于强调各个实施例之间的不同之处，其相同或相似之处可以相互参考，为了简洁，本文不再赘述。
最后应说明的是：以上各实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案，而非对其限制；尽管参照前述各实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明，本领域的普通技术人员应当理解：其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改，或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换；而这些修改或者替换，并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围，其均应涵盖在本申请的权利要求和说明书的范围当中。尤其是，只要不存在结构冲突，各个实施例中所提到的各项技术特征均可以任意方式组合起来。本申请并不局限于文中公开的特定实施例，而是包括落入权利要求的范围内的所有技术方案。

Claims (65)

  1. 一种电池单体，其中，包括：
    外壳，设有电极引出部；
    电极组件，至少部分设于所述外壳内；所述电极组件包括第一极片，所述第一极片包括集流体和活性物质层，所述集流体包括绝缘基体和金属层，所述绝缘基体、所述金属层和所述活性物质层沿所述集流体的厚度方向层叠设置，所述金属层的至少部分位于所述绝缘基体和所述活性物质层之间；
    其中，所述金属层包括导电主体部和从所述导电主体部沿第一方向延伸的导电部，所述第一方向垂直于所述集流体的厚度方向，所述导电主体部的至少部分覆盖有所述活性物质层，所述导电部的至少部分未覆盖有所述活性物质层，所述导电部与所述电极引出部连接；
    沿所述集流体的厚度方向，所述导电部的厚度大于所述导电主体部的厚度。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的电池单体，其中：所述导电部背离所述绝缘基体的表面相比所述导电主体部背离所述绝缘基体的表面更远离所述绝缘基体。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的电池单体，其中：所述导电部包括沿所述第一方向排列的第一导电部和第二导电部，所述第一导电部连接于所述第二导电部和所述导电主体部之间，所述第一导电部覆盖有所述活性物质层，所述第二导电部未覆盖有活性物质层，所述第二导电部与所述电极引出部连接。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的电池单体，其中：所述活性物质层包括沿所述第一方向排列的第一活性物质部和第二活性物质部，所述第一活性物质部与所述第二活性物质部相连，所述第一活性物质部的厚度小于所述第二活性物质部的厚度，所述第一活性物质部的至少部分覆盖于所述第一导电部，所述第二活性物质部的至少部分覆盖于所述导电主体部。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的电池单体，其中：所述第一活性物质部背离所述绝缘基体的表面比所述第二活性物质部背离所述绝缘基体的表面更靠近所述绝缘基体。
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的电池单体，其中：所述第二活性物质部覆盖所述第一导电部的一部分，所述第一活性物质部覆盖所述第一导电部的其他部分。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述第一方向，所述第一导电部被所述第二活性物质部覆盖的部分的尺寸为W1，所述第一导电部被所述第一活性物质部覆盖的部分的尺寸为W2，W1≥W2。
  8. 根据权利要求4～7中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述导电主体部的厚度为t1，所述第一导电部的最大厚度为t2，所述第二活性物质部的厚度为t3，其中，0.002≤(t2-t1)/t3≤0.08；可选地，0.003≤(t2-t1)/t3≤0.06。
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的电池单体，其中：60μm≤t3≤250μm；可选地，80μm≤t3≤180μm。
  10. 根据权利要求3～9中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述第一方向，所述第一导电部的尺寸为W3，所述导电部的尺寸为W4，其中，W3/W4≤0.4。
  11. 根据权利要求3～10中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述第一方向，所述第一导电部的尺寸为W3，所述导电部的尺寸为W4，其中，2mm≤W4-W3≤10mm，可选地，3mm≤W4-W3≤6mm。
  12. 根据权利要求3～11中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述第一方向，所述第一导电部的尺寸为W3，所述导电主体部的尺寸为W5，其中，W3/(W3+W5)≤0.45。
  13. 根据权利要求3～12中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述第一方向，所述第一导电部的尺寸为W3，其中，10mm≤W3≤100mm。
  14. 根据权利要求3～13中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述第二导电部包括至少一个凸出部，所述凸出部与所述第一导电部连接，沿第二方向，所述凸出部的尺寸小于所述导电主体部的尺寸，所述第二方向垂直于所述集流体的厚度方向和所述第一方向。
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的电池单体，其中：所述凸出部包括第一凸出子部和第二凸出子部，所述第一凸出子部连接于所述第二凸出子部和所述第一导电部之间；沿所述第二方向，所述第一凸出子部的尺寸大于所述第二凸出子部的尺寸。
  16. 根据权利要求14或15所述的电池单体，其中：所述凸出部的数量为多个，多个所述凸出部沿所述第二方向间隔设置，沿所述第二方向，所有所述凸出部的尺寸之和小于所述导电主体部的尺寸。
  17. 根据权利要求14～16中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述第二导电部还包括过渡部，所述过 渡部连接于所述凸出部和所述第一导电部之间，沿所述第二方向，所述过渡部的尺寸大于所有所述凸出部的尺寸之和。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的电池单体，其中：沿第二方向，所述导电主体部的尺寸为L1，所述过渡部的尺寸为L2，0.8≤L2/L1≤1。
  19. 根据权利要求3～18中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述第一极片还包括导电构件，所述导电构件包括沿所述第一方向排列的第一连接部和第二连接部，所述第一连接部与所述第二连接部相连，所述第一连接部连接于所述第二导电部背向所述绝缘基体的表面，所述第二连接部位于所述第二导电部背向所述第一导电部的侧部，所述第二连接部与所述电极引出部连接。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述第一方向，所述第一连接部与所述活性物质层间隔设置。
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的电池单体，其中：所述第一连接部焊接于所述第二导电部背向所述绝缘基体的表面并形成第一焊印。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的电池单体，其中：所述第二导电部包括至少一个凸出部，所述凸出部与所述第一导电部连接，沿第二方向，所述凸出部的尺寸小于所述导电主体部的尺寸；
    所述第二方向垂直于所述集流体的厚度方向和所述第一方向；
    所述第一焊印包括第一焊印部，所述第一连接部焊接于所述凸出部背向绝缘基体的表面并形成所述第一焊印部。
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的电池单体，其中：所述凸出部包括第一凸出子部和第二凸出子部，所述第一凸出子部连接于所述第二凸出子部和所述第一导电部之间；沿所述第二方向，所述第一凸出子部的尺寸大于所述第二凸出子部的尺寸；
    所述第一焊印部包括第一焊印子部，所述第一连接部焊接于所述第一凸出子部并形成所述第一焊印子部；
    和/或，所述第一焊印部还包括第二焊印子部，所述第一连接部焊接于所述第二凸出子部背向所述绝缘基体的表面并形成所述第二焊印子部。
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的电池单体，其中：所述凸出部的数量为多个，多个所述凸出部沿所述第二方向间隔设置；
    所述第一连接部包括多个第一连接子部，所述多个第一连接子部沿所述第二方向间隔设置，所述第二连接部的数量为多个，各所述第一连接子部与各所述第二连接部一一对应连接；
    各所述第一连接子部一一对应地焊接于各所述凸出部背向所述绝缘基体的表面。
  25. 根据权利要求21～24中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述第二导电部包括过渡部和至少一个凸出部，所述过渡部连接于所述第一导电部和所述凸出部之间，沿第二方向，所述过渡部的尺寸大于所有所述凸出部的尺寸之和；所述第二方向垂直于所述集流体的厚度方向和所述第一方向；
    所述第一焊印还包括第二焊印部，所述第一连接部焊接于所述过渡部背向所述绝缘基体的表面并形成所述第二焊印部。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述第二方向，所述过渡部的尺寸为L2，所述第二焊印部的尺寸为L3，0.8≤L3/L2≤1。
  27. 根据权利要求25或26所述的电池单体，其中：所述凸出部的数量为多个，多个所述凸出部沿所述第二方向间隔设置；
    所述第一连接部包括第二连接子部和多个第一连接子部，所述多个第一连接子部沿所述第二方向间隔设置，各所述第一连接子部一一对应地覆盖于各所述凸出部；
    所述第二连接部的数量为多个，沿所述第一方向，各所述第一连接子部的一侧与各所述第二连接部一一对应连接，各所述第一连接子部的另一侧均连接于所述第二连接子部，所述第二连接子部沿所述第二方向连续设置；
    所述第二连接子部焊接于所述过渡部背向所述绝缘基体的表面。
  28. 根据权利要求21～27中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述电极组件还包括绝缘件，所述绝缘件包括第一绝缘部，所述第一绝缘部覆盖于所述第二导电部背向所述绝缘基体的表面，整个所述第一绝缘部位于所述第一焊印与所述活性物质层之间。
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的电池单体，其中：所述第一绝缘部位于所述第一连接部和所述活性物质 层之间。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的电池单体，其中：所述绝缘件还包括第二绝缘部，所述第二绝缘部的至少部分覆盖于所述第一焊印。
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述第一方向，所述第二绝缘部的一侧覆盖于所述第一焊印，所述第二绝缘部的另一侧覆盖所述第一绝缘部的至少部分区域。
  32. 根据权利要求21～31中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述电极组件还包括绝缘件，所述绝缘件包括第二绝缘部，所述第二绝缘部的至少部分覆盖于所述第一焊印。
  33. 根据权利要求32所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述第一方向，所述第二绝缘部的一侧覆盖于所述第一焊印，所述第二绝缘部的另一侧覆盖于所述活性物质层的至少部分。
  34. 根据权利要求30～33中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述金属层的数量为两个，两个所述金属层设于所述绝缘基体沿所述集流体的厚度方向的相对两侧，所述活性物质层的数量为两个，两个所述活性物质层分别覆盖于两个所述金属层；
    所述导电构件的数量为两个，两个所述导电构件的所述第一连接部分别焊接于两个所述金属层的所述第二导电部并形成两个所述第一焊印；
    所述绝缘件的数量为两个，两个所述绝缘件的所述第二绝缘部分别覆盖于两个所述第一焊印的至少部分。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的电池单体，其中：所述第二绝缘部包括相连接的第一部分和第二部分，所述第一部分覆盖于所述第一焊印，沿所述导电主体部指向所述导电部的方向，所述第二部分凸出于所述第二导电部的侧面，所述第二部分位于所述第二连接部沿第二方向的侧部，其中，所述第二方向垂直于所述第一方向和所述集流体的厚度方向。
  36. 根据权利要求35所述的电池单体，其中：两个所述绝缘件的所述第二部分相贴合。
  37. 根据权利要求34～36中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：两个所述导电构件的所述第二连接部焊接并形成第二焊印。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的电池单体，其中：所述第二绝缘部覆盖于所述第二焊印，沿所述导电主体部指向所述导电部的方向，所述第二绝缘部凸出于所述第二焊印背向所述导电主体部的边缘。
  39. 根据权利要求28～38中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述电极组件包括与所述第一极片极性相反的第二极片，所述第二极片包括主体功能部和极耳部，所述极耳部沿所述第一方向凸出所述主体功能部；沿所述导电主体部指向所述导电部的方向，所述主体功能部凸出于所述绝缘件朝向所述活性物质层的端面，所述主体功能部不凸出于所述绝缘件远离所述活性物质层的端面。
  40. 根据权利要求28～39中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述第一方向，所述绝缘件覆盖于所述活性物质层的部分的尺寸为H，其中，0.2mm≤H≤1.0mm，可选地，0.3mm≤H≤0.8mm。
  41. 根据权利要求21～40中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述第一方向，所述第一焊印与所述活性物质层的间距为S1，其中，0.5mm≤S1≤5mm，可选地，0.5mm≤S1≤2.8mm。
  42. 根据权利要求21～41中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述第一方向，所述第一焊印与第一连接部朝向所述活性物质层的端面之间的间距为S2，其中，0.3mm≤S2≤1.2mm。
  43. 根据权利要求1～42中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述电极组件包括与所述第一极片极性相反的第二极片，所述第二极片包括主体功能部和极耳部，所述极耳部沿所述第一方向凸出于所述主体功能部；
    沿所述导电主体部指向所述导电部的方向，所述主体功能部凸出于所述导电部背向所述导电主体部的端面。
  44. 根据权利要求1～43中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述第一方向，所述导电部的尺寸为W4，所述导电主体部的尺寸为W5，其中，0.01≤W4/W5≤0.8；可选地，0.05≤W4/W5≤0.6。
  45. 根据权利要求1～44中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述导电主体部的厚度为t1，所述导电部的最大厚度为t4，其中，0.2μm≤t4-t1≤4.5μm，可选地，0.3μm≤t4-t1≤1.75μm。
  46. 根据权利要求1～45中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述导电主体部的厚度为t1，所述导电部的最大厚度为t4，其中，1＜t1/t4≤4，可选地，1.5＜t1/t4≤2.5。
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的电池单体，其中：所述导电部的厚度为t4，其中，1μm≤t4≤5μm，可选地，1.2μm≤t4≤3.5μm。
  48. 根据权利要求1～47中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述导电部包括第一主体段和第一过渡段，所述第一过渡段连接于所述第一主体段和所述导电主体部之间，所述第一过渡段的厚度大于所述导电主体部的厚度；所述第一主体段的厚度大于所述第一过渡段的厚度；所述第一过渡段的至少部分覆盖有所述活性物质层。
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述导电主体部指向所述导电部的方向，所述第一过渡段的厚度递增设置。
  50. 根据权利要求48或49所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述第一方向，所述第一过渡段的尺寸为W6，其中，4mm≤W6≤50mm，可选的，5mm≤W6≤34mm。
  51. 根据权利要求1～50中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述第一极片还包括导电保护层，所述导电保护层的至少部分位于所述活性物质层和所述金属层之间。
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述导电主体部指向导电部的方向，导电保护层凸出于活性物质层朝向凸出部的端面的凸出距离范围为0.3mm～0.8mm。
  53. 根据权利要求51或52所述的电池单体，其中：所述导电保护层包括第一保护部和第二保护部，所述第一保护部覆盖于所述导电主体部，所述第二保护部覆盖于所述导电部的至少部分；其中，所述第二保护部的厚度小于所述第一保护部的厚度。
  54. 根据权利要求53所述的电池单体，其中：所述导电部包括第一主体段和第一过渡段，所述第一过渡段连接于所述第一主体段和所述导电主体部之间，所述第一过渡段的厚度大于所述导电主体部的厚度；所述第一主体段的厚度大于所述第一过渡段的厚度；
    所述第二保护部包括第二主体段和第二过渡段，所述第二过渡段覆盖于所述第一过渡段，所述第二主体段覆盖于所述第一主体段的至少部分，所述第二过渡段的厚度小于所述第一保护部的厚度；所述第二主体段的厚度小于所述第二过渡段的厚度。
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的电池单体，其中：沿所述导电主体部指向所述导电部的方向，所述第一过渡段的厚度递增设置，所述第二过渡段的厚度递减设置。
  56. 根据权利要求54或55所述的电池单体，其中：所述第二主体段的厚度为t5，所述第一保护部的厚度为t6，其中，0.03≤t5/t6≤0.95，可选地，0.125≤t5/t6≤0.8。
  57. 根据权利要求54～56中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述第二主体段的厚度为t5，其中，0.5μm≤t5≤4μm，可选地，1μm≤t5≤2μm。
  58. 根据权利要求53～57中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述绝缘基体包括第一绝缘基部和第二绝缘基部，所述导电主体部覆盖于所述第一绝缘基部，所述导电部覆盖于所述第二绝缘基部；所述导电主体部的厚度为t1，所述导电部的厚度为t4，所述第一保护部的厚度为t6，所述第二保护部的最小厚度为t7，所述第一绝缘基部的厚度为t8，所述第二绝缘基部的厚度为t9，其中，-4μm≤(t1+t6+t8/2)-(t4+t7+t9/2)≤4μm，可选地，-2μm≤(t1+t6+t8/2)-(t2+t7+t8/2)≤2μm。
  59. 根据权利要求58所述的电池单体，其中：所述第二绝缘基部的厚度小于所述第一绝缘基部的厚度。
  60. 根据权利要求1～59中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述外壳包括壳体和端盖，所述端盖盖设于所述壳体的开口处，所述壳体和所述端盖围设形成容纳腔，所述电极组件收容于所述容纳腔，所述壳体和所述端盖中的至少一个设有所述电极引出部。
  61. 根据权利要求1～60中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述电池单体的容量大于或等于20A·h。
  62. 根据权利要求1～61中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述第一极片为正极片，所述活性物质层的活性材料包含Ni元素。
  63. 根据权利要求1～62中任一项所述的电池单体，其中：所述金属层的材料包括铝、铝合金、铜、铜合金、镍、镍合金、钛、钛合金、银和银合金中的一种或多种。
  64. 一种电池装置，其中：包括权利要求1～63中任一项所述的电池单体。
  65. 一种用电装置，其中：包括权利要求64所述的电池装置。
PCT/CN2024/106992 2024-07-23 2024-07-23 电池单体、电池装置及用电装置 Pending WO2026020311A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2024/106992 WO2026020311A1 (zh) 2024-07-23 2024-07-23 电池单体、电池装置及用电装置

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2024/106992 WO2026020311A1 (zh) 2024-07-23 2024-07-23 电池单体、电池装置及用电装置

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2026020311A1 true WO2026020311A1 (zh) 2026-01-29

Family

ID=98564699

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2024/106992 Pending WO2026020311A1 (zh) 2024-07-23 2024-07-23 电池单体、电池装置及用电装置

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2026020311A1 (zh)

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN210403926U (zh) * 2019-09-09 2020-04-24 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 二次电池及其电极构件
CN215989130U (zh) * 2021-08-19 2022-03-08 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 电极组件、电池单体、电池以及用电装置
CN115863536A (zh) * 2021-09-27 2023-03-28 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 电极组件及制造方法和系统、电池单体、电池和用电装置
CN116706088A (zh) * 2023-06-25 2023-09-05 宁德新能源科技有限公司 极片、电化学装置及用电设备
CN116722148A (zh) * 2023-08-11 2023-09-08 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 复合集流体、极片、电池、用电设备
CN117199230A (zh) * 2022-05-30 2023-12-08 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 极片、电极组件、电池单体、电池以及用电装置
CN220914517U (zh) * 2023-08-30 2024-05-07 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 电极片、电极组件、电池单体、电池及用电装置
US20240154182A1 (en) * 2021-03-29 2024-05-09 Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. Lithium Secondary Battery
CN118198670A (zh) * 2023-06-12 2024-06-14 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 电池单体、电池以及用电装置
CN118235291A (zh) * 2023-06-12 2024-06-21 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 电池单体、电池以及用电装置

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN210403926U (zh) * 2019-09-09 2020-04-24 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 二次电池及其电极构件
US20240154182A1 (en) * 2021-03-29 2024-05-09 Nissan Motor Co., Ltd. Lithium Secondary Battery
CN215989130U (zh) * 2021-08-19 2022-03-08 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 电极组件、电池单体、电池以及用电装置
CN115863536A (zh) * 2021-09-27 2023-03-28 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 电极组件及制造方法和系统、电池单体、电池和用电装置
CN117199230A (zh) * 2022-05-30 2023-12-08 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 极片、电极组件、电池单体、电池以及用电装置
CN118198670A (zh) * 2023-06-12 2024-06-14 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 电池单体、电池以及用电装置
CN118235291A (zh) * 2023-06-12 2024-06-21 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 电池单体、电池以及用电装置
CN116706088A (zh) * 2023-06-25 2023-09-05 宁德新能源科技有限公司 极片、电化学装置及用电设备
CN116722148A (zh) * 2023-08-11 2023-09-08 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 复合集流体、极片、电池、用电设备
CN220914517U (zh) * 2023-08-30 2024-05-07 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 电极片、电极组件、电池单体、电池及用电装置

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN219759676U (zh) 电极组件、电池单体、电池和用电设备
CN118198663A (zh) 电池单体、电池以及用电装置
CN222440786U (zh) 电池单体、电池及用电设备
CN219779170U (zh) 电池单体、电池及用电设备
CN219873812U (zh) 壳体、电池单体、电池及用电设备
US20250293313A1 (en) Electrode assembly, battery cell, battery, and electric apparatus
CN222775352U (zh) 电极组件、电池单体、电池以及用电装置
CN118867603B (zh) 电池单体、电池装置及用电装置
WO2024244420A1 (zh) 电池单体、电池及用电设备
WO2025118508A1 (zh) 电池单体、电池、用电装置及储能柜
WO2026020311A1 (zh) 电池单体、电池装置及用电装置
WO2024178623A1 (zh) 电池单体、电池及用电设备
CN222980641U (zh) 电池单体、电池装置及用电装置
WO2026020313A1 (zh) 电池单体、电池装置及用电装置
WO2026020317A1 (zh) 电池单体、电池装置及用电装置
WO2026020310A1 (zh) 电池单体、电池装置及用电装置
WO2026020315A1 (zh) 电池单体、电池装置及用电装置
CN223140893U (zh) 电池单体、电池装置及用电装置
CN223771194U (zh) 电池单体、电池装置和用电装置
CN223941803U (zh) 电池单体、电池装置和用电装置
CN222995721U (zh) 电池单体、电池装置及用电装置
CN223124023U (zh) 电池单体、电池装置及用电装置
CN223023401U (zh) 电池单体、电池装置及用电装置
CN222939979U (zh) 电池及用电装置
CN222601293U (zh) 电池单体、电池及用电装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 24948156

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1